<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Emily Einolander - Hybrid Pub Scout</title>
	<atom:link href="https://hybridpubscout.com/author/emilyeino/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/author/emilyeino/</link>
	<description></description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 15:41:15 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.1</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cropped-hps_circle_logo_green-32x32.png</url>
	<title>Emily Einolander - Hybrid Pub Scout</title>
	<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/author/emilyeino/</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
<site xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">150811860</site>	<item>
		<title>Episode 88: What&#8217;s the Point?</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/trad-pub-self-pub-ai/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=trad-pub-self-pub-ai</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 07:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4866</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A warning for my fellow pedants out there; I’m going to be using “Large Language Models” (LLMs) and “AI” how they’re being used colloquially, which is to say almost interchangeably. I know there are differences and that what is being referred to as “AI” in many of the cases I’m about to discuss are actually ... <a title="Episode 88: What&#8217;s the Point?" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/trad-pub-self-pub-ai/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 88: What&#8217;s the Point?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/trad-pub-self-pub-ai/">Episode 88: What’s the Point?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/trad-pub-self-pub-ai/">Episode 88: What&#8217;s the Point?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/51bb15b7-2143-470f-a51e-5d3ad13f3bac/"></iframe></div>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">A warning for my fellow pedants out there; I’m going to be using “Large Language Models” (LLMs) and “AI” how they’re being used colloquially, which is to say almost interchangeably. I know there are differences and that what is being referred to as “AI” in many of the cases I’m about to discuss are actually LLMs.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Also, if you are imperiously anti-AI, someone who would never ever EVER use it for anything at all, good. I get it. I’m mostly on your side, but please take your foot slightly off the gas for the sake of this conversation. And if you can tell what real-life incident I’m about to fictionalize—in the most charitable way I can—please put your favorite hot take about the author aside too.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Because what I want to do here is zoom out and look at a publishing situation we’re increasingly confronting, whether we want to or not.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">We cool? Good.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Let’s start with a visualization.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine that you are a writer and an outsider when it comes to the literary world. Not that hard to imagine probably, is it? You’ve got more ambition than you have money, but you’ve heard there’s money in self-publishing. And what writer hasn’t dreamed of blowing up, at least once?</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine you come up with an idea that you think is pretty frickin cool. You create a plot; you create a concept of your main character and what they’re going to go through. But like most people, you’re overworked and overtired, and let’s face it—writing is hard.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine that you’re hearing from all sides that AI is inevitable, and if you don’t use it, you’re leaving money on the table. You’re gonna get left behind. That’s probably not that hard to imagine either, is it? Most people you know use ChatGPT; some constantly. You’ve heard that some indie authors are using LLM “assistance”, and some are even making big money generating entire books.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine that at first you use an LLM to brainstorm. Even indie authors who say it’s wrong to use it to fully write your books say brainstorming with them is okay. Then you start using it to help you finish sentences when you’re stuck. And then it’s just kind of a natural progression to paragraphs, then pages. The technology makes it easy, the programs keep asking you if you want more help, and hell if you’re not going to take it. You justify it to yourself by saying that these are your original ideas, and coming up with prompts is a skill on its own? And it’s not like Amazon forbids you from putting books with AI content up there. They just ask you to check a little box and take your word for it.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">I know I’m losing some of you by now, but please stick with me a little bit longer.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine that you feel a twinge of discomfort when you see people get called out for using AI on Instagram or TikTok. But you’ve also gotten the message that lots of readers don’t really care. They’re just hungry for more content than normal writers can keep up with on their own. They bug authors about when they’re going to put out a new book. They get bored and forget about the ones who don’t produce at a pace that suits them.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine you finish your book. You’re not made of money. And more and more indie authors say that, with stuff like ProWritingAid and Grammarly around, you don’t really have to pay for editing anymore. Why do editors charge so much anyway if the software can just fix all your spelling and grammar mistakes? Sounds like a scam.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine you post the book, and it goes viral on TikTok. Now you’re making money, just like you were hoping you would. Sure, there are a few reviews that say your book seems like AI slop, some on Goodreads and across social media platforms. But you let it slide because overall things are going pretty well.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Now, imagine another one of your biggest dreams comes true—one of the big five publishers sees how well your book is selling and offers you a publishing deal. You’ve been chosen. You’re one of the special ones. You’ve got what every writer wants.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine the company offers you a contract and tells you they’re going to give your book a new cover, a professional edit, and marketing and sales support. You are now a known author with a highly anticipated release, and you are surrounded by high profile gatekeepers and influencers singing your praises.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">And imagine that, while you’re drowning in all those adulations, a reporter at one of the biggest publications in the world notices the AI allegations on Goodreads and starts digging. Then, they release an article naming you and claiming your book is written by AI.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Imagine that the internet runs with it. Some guy with an AI detection tool runs your book through it and the numbers are damning. Reviewers who suspected you are now getting thousands and thousands of hits on their accounts and channels.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">What do you think your doting publisher is going to do next? Do you think they’re going to come out and defend you? Do you think they’re going to ask for proof, then send that proof to that huge publication that just outed you to clear your name?</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Nope. You’re going right under that bus, kiddo, without even a chance to defend yourself. You’re just a number on a profit-and-loss statement to them, and guess what happens to that profit-and-loss statement if one of the world’s most-read publications pans your book? Nothing that benefits you.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Instead, congratulations. You effed around and unfortunately for you, you got to be the one who found out in the most high-profile way possible. You and your book are now a capsule in tech and media history, leading up to the place where the past and the uncertain future converge, where we’re on the verge of not being able to tell what’s human and what isn’t anymore.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">A beacon of the book publishing singularity, maybe?</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Nah. It’s much more boring than that.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>So, What Are “The Rules” Exactly?</strong></h2>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">With self-publishing, particularly on Amazon KDP, it’s a stretch to even call AI policies “rules.” Some self-published authors are publicly flaunting their AI generated books, claiming they’re “<a href="https://janefriedman.com/imho-why-im-grateful-for-the-new-york-times-article-on-ai-romance/?mc_cid=764bc85845">winning the race</a>” and making six figures by churning out more books than a human could ever write on their own. I’ll link <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/RomanceBooks/comments/1qz9nf9/comment/o49kch4/">a Reddit thread</a> that challenges the claim that these authors make that much money, but regardless, people are free to post AI generated work on Amazon, and some readers don’t mind.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">I haven’t personally talked to any fiction readers who don’t mind a fully AI-generated book, but there have to be a few. And the more the LLMs train on our work, it gets harder and harder to tell.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">The actual Amazon guidelines were first posted in 2023,<a href="https://authorsguild.org/news/amazons-new-disclosure-policy-for-ai-generated-book-content-is-a-welcome-first-step/"> at the urging of the Authors Guild</a>. In short, they make it mandatory for authors and publishers to disclose whether text or images in a book are AI-generated.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size"><a href="https://kdp.amazon.com/en_US/help/topic/G200672390#aicontent">Here’s what the site says</a>:<br>We require you to inform us of AI-generated content (text, images, or translations) when you publish a new book or make edits to and republish an existing book through KDP. AI-generated images include cover and interior images and artwork. You are not required to disclose AI-assisted content. We distinguish between <strong>AI-generated</strong> and <strong>AI-assisted</strong> content as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li class="has-medium-font-size"><strong>AI-generated</strong>: We define AI-generated content as text, images, or translations created by an AI-based tool. If you used an AI-based tool to create the actual content (whether text, images, or translations), it is considered “AI-generated,” even if you applied substantial edits afterwards.<br></li>



<li class="has-medium-font-size"><strong>AI-assisted</strong>: If you created the content yourself, and used AI-based tools to edit, refine, error-check, or otherwise improve that content (whether text or images), then it is considered “AI-assisted” and not “AI-generated.” Similarly, if you used an AI-based tool to brainstorm and generate ideas, but ultimately created the text or images yourself, this is also considered “AI-assisted” and not “AI-generated.” It is not necessary to inform us of the use of such tools or processes.</li>
</ul>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">How do they know? When the author is uploading a book to KDP, they check “yes” or “no.” That’s it.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Interesting to note: In the Bookbub AI author’s survey that came out last year, 74% of authors don’t disclose their AI usage to readers. Granted, that number includes people whose work is “AI-assisted”, but I thought it was worth mentioning because almost all of this is based on self disclosure. Almost all of this is based on the honor system.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">We have AI checkers, but the consensus is they’re not super reliable, or they at least wildly vary in their reliability. There isn’t a lot of trust there yet, and where there is a lot of trust, there are also a lot of false positives and a lot of tears. As LLMs are trained on more and more of our human writing, it’s going to get harder and harder to “tell” and the standards for what those “tells” are will change.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">(Side note: speaking of “you can always tell”, I’m making an effort to never link to <a href="https://transnews.network/p/a-directive-from-above-former-nyt-editor-lays-out-how-the-paper-pushes-anti-trans-bigotry">the trans-panic stoking <em>New York Times</em></a> in my show notes. However, the sources I am linking will eventually take you to the site if you don’t feel like I didn’t already give you enough information.)</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">The Authors Guild is trying to put together a <a href="https://janefriedman.com/my-concerns-about-the-authors-guild-human-authored-certification-and-their-comprehensive-response/?mc_cid=68d42165a6">“Human Authored” Certification</a>, but even they don’t trust AI detectors to give accurate results. And accusing people of AI use when it isn’t true isn’t a small thing. So at this point, they’re stuck using the honor system too.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">And man, do we live in a world of dishonor right now.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Traditional Pub’s AI Stances (Or Lack Thereof)</strong></h2>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">So far, traditional publishing’s position on AI use is murky, but the big companies can’t really be said to be anti-AI wholesale. Many are using it for things like metadata and marketing copy generation, but not specifically book content. If it weren’t for the environmental concerns I have, and the way execs are overestimating how many staff they can cut based on these capabilities, I’d be a little more open-minded about it. In the way it’s currently deployed, I still raise an eyebrow (or two).</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But there’s that common AI booster line that really sticks a CEO’s craw—especially one who is hired from a different industry. That is: without AI adoption, you will be left behind. Trad publishing already feels left behind, and in many ways, they are. They aren’t tastemakers anymore, and they haven’t been for years, some might argue decades. They wait for trends to surface and take off on their own before making moves. And those trends move so fast that the months-long publishing schedule makes them antsy.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Getting even further behind seems like a catastrophe.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">In 2023, <a href="https://authorsguild.org/news/harpercollins-ai-licensing-deal/">HarperCollins was the first company to make a licensing deal</a> with an unnamed AI company to train large language models on their books. For a little more context: Newscorp owns HarperCollins. If you’re wondering why that rings a bell, they also own Fox News, which obviously hasn’t been doing all that they’ve been doing for the past quarter century for the money. Wink.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">The unnamed AI company is offering a one time payment of $5,000 per book, which gets split in half between the author and HarperCollins. It’s supposed to be a compromise, because AI companies have already proven that they’re willing to train their models on books they haven’t paid for. Some might go as far as calling them “stolen”—see the <a href="https://www.npr.org/2025/09/05/nx-s1-5529404/anthropic-settlement-authors-copyright-ai">Bartz vs. Anthropic</a> settlement.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">For now, fiction readers and authors are, on the whole, more likely to be extremely anti-AI. I’ve referred to the <a href="https://insights.bookbub.com/how-authors-are-thinking-about-ai-survey/">Bookbub</a> and <a href="https://gothamghostwriters.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/AI-Writer-Survey.pdf">Gotham Ghostwriter</a> reports on writer’s use of AI in past episodes, but the data supports the gulf between genres. For copywriters, ghostwriters, nonfiction authors, and the like, there’s a lot less hesitation to use AI tools although actually generating text still isn’t at the top of the list for most.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">If you read through the comments from fiction writers, however, there is a much stronger stance being taken for all uses across the board. There’s more of an “I’d rather die” and “this is the death knell for art and humanity” trend in those comments.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">So while nonfiction books—more precisely, self-published nonfiction books—might have more wiggle room when it comes to LLM usage, fiction readers are less forgiving. And I think that’s reflected on social media, too, particularly Instagram Threads.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">So <a href="https://www.publishersweekly.com/pw/by-topic/industry-news/publisher-news/article/100037-while-ai-discourse-rages-publishing-has-more-questions-than-answers.html">when a massive company like, say, Hachette takes a stand</a> against AI use in their books, it’s likely a marketing tactic based on which way the wind is blowing. It’s certainly not an objection to the technology itself, and not something I expect to stay rigid. Business decisions on the part of big publishers may morph over the years—and since traditional companies are increasingly late adopters—I’d say we can look to self-published work to see how things are trending.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But as of now, people who read traditionally published fiction seem solidly against their books being generated by AI, and that’s what publishing companies seem to be deferring to for now.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>What Can Happen in the Handover</strong></h2>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">I used to tell authors it was very unlikely that their previously self-published book would be picked up by a traditional publisher. Their book was already out, and since the author is expected to do most of the marketing and publicity themselves, it would be a reasonable assumption that they would have already sold all they could.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size"><a href="https://janefriedman.com/traditional-deals-for-self-pub-authors-grew-significantly-in-2025/?mc_cid=764bc85845">But that standard is shifting</a>. In 2024, 49 deals handed over the rights of previously self-published books to trad publishers. Last year, in 2025, that number jumped to 93. It’s still not a ton, but it’s not nothing either.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">(Also, nonfiction writers, please take note: the acquired self-pubbed books were predominantly romance and other genre fiction titles.)</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">My first impulse regarding AI generated fiction is to say&#8230;what’s the point? Can’t we enjoy creating something for the sake of creating something? But I’ve kind of answered my own question there. Because we use AI for things we don’t want to do ourselves, and when I see people letting generative AI write things for them, it tells me the person creating the prompts didn’t actually want to write it—or at least that they’d&nbsp; rather be doing something else.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">&nbsp;And that only confirms my suspicion that nobody wants to be making LinkedIn posts because, oh my god, the trash. THE TRASH.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">When art becomes a commodity, the joy of creation barely matters—but that’s been true since publishing began. But it’s also true that many people who get into publishing sincerely love literature and creativity and originality, and these people feel a level of responsibility for the culture into which these books enter and the effects these books have on said culture. But a lot of the people who care aren’t the ones making the highest-level calls. And they tend to be overworked, underpaid, and viewed as expendable.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">The scale between these positions—and I’m talking about the commodification versus the purveyance of art—is increasingly out of balance, and when books become “content” and all content is in competition, profits win. A big part of the allure of picking up a self-published book is that it’s expected to be cheaper. It’s seen as a sure thing: there’s proof of sales and a pricey chunk of production has already been done.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">In one of the articles I’ll link that directly addresses the event that inspired this episode, <a href="https://thewalrus.ca/new-york-times-ai-generated-shy-girl-mia-ballard/">AI in publishing expert Thad McIlroy says</a>, “The main reason a publisher acquires rights to a self-published book is all the online chatter (and the accompanying sales activity).”</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Incidentally, Thad’s view on the recent statement from Hachette on AI-generated work is that it will only encourage authors to lie about their AI usage. While he leans a little more toward the “this is inevitable” view of LLMs than I’m comfortable with, I do think that’s a valid point—especially if past behavior is an indicator of how companies will behave in the future. If you prioritize easy-to-acquire content, and you want it fast, and you’re willing to gloss over quality control and due diligence, these things are going to fly under the radar more often, especially as the technology advances.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">If the book is a product, and the prototype has been tested already, it’s easy to see as something that can be repackaged on autopilot. The precious time that editors are allowed to spend digging into a book is budgeted elsewhere. And the honor system is the only thing you can rely on to keep to your professed standard.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But as we’ve seen recently, being found out for breaking those standards, or even being suspected of breaking them, can cost you a lot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Learning the Rules the Hard Way</strong></h2>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">When an author moves from one set of publishing conventions to a completely different one, things will get lost in translation. Typically, this is what agents are for. Self-published authors have leverage in a way they didn’t use to; whereas publishers once wanted all the rights—audio, print, ebooks, etc.,—they’re more content just to settle for print. But just because they’ve relaxed their grip doesn’t mean a self-published author isn’t at risk when they sign.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">I don’t really know what the agent situation has been for these cross-over authors. But if you are a self-published author, and a major publishing company tells you that “You don’t need an agent”—proceed with caution. A small press might have the time to dedicate to educating you, checking your writing for red flags, and helping you understand what is and isn’t going to fly. But the bigger the company you’re working with, the less you can be confident that they’re looking out for you. Your editor might be an angel, but they’re not always the person making the business decisions. They might not even be the ones reviewing your book.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">An agent is there to help you navigate the rules, and even if querying is hard, if you’ve already got a deal on the table, you have a better chance of getting the help you need. They might seem like an unnecessary middleman, but people who work at publishing companies are swamped. Again: self-published books are acquired with the assumption that production will save them money. You need to advocate for yourself, or have someone to advocate for you, even if people think you’re annoying.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But…if you have indeed used generative AI and are afraid to disclose that to a publisher, it sounds like your conscience is already telling you what you should do. If you know the risk you’re taking, you have to be ready for it to blow up in your face.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Normally, it irritates me to see people default to calling everything they don’t like AI. Like a lot. It’s tedious as hell, and can be incredibly damaging to authors, even if you can prove they’re false accusations. But there is a small but loud group of readers who have made it their personal mission to interrogate authors whose work they find suspicious; well, not so much interrogate as make the most sanctimonious callout posts you’ve ever seen in your life.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">A lot of writers are hurt in the process, most of all people who aren’t doing it. And often, it just makes the accuser look like this is the first time they’ve ever read a book. Like, buddy, we’re the ones who taught the machines how to do that, and not everyone has a voice distinct enough to dazzle your free online AI-checker. If you’re accusing someone, you need stronger arguments than em-dashes and the rule of threes, or, worst of all, having a vocabulary greater than ten thousand words.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But if you’re a writer concerned about these types of accusations, I’m not sure what else to recommend other than keeping a record of your draft history. Or, if you’re brave, you can just tell your accusers to fuck off and see what happens, I guess. Because chances are if someone is to the point of saying something publicly, you’re already getting, uuuuh&#8230;left behind.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">By the way, that bit about telling them to fuck off isn’t a recommendation. If you decide to do it, I take no responsibility for the results.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">If you want a comprehensive and <a href="https://janefriedman.com/ai-and-publishing-faq-for-writers/">thoughtful guide to AI and copyright protection</a>, I’m linking to another one of Jane Friedman’s posts. She’s a lot more thorough and equanimous than I am.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Implications and Alternatives</strong></h2>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">To me, a lot of our conundrum about AI use comes down to a lack of imagination. This whole cultural shift to AI is making what we talk about and how we talk about it more homogenous. And I mean all of us—including people who have already completely sworn off LLMs. The parroting we see from LLMs is throwing the slop that humans have created back in our faces.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">We were churning out rapid release books before this all started, with little concern for quality. We were all mimicking each other’s marketing speak and boss-babe hustle culture talking points and conspiratorial political rhetoric. I don’t want to be too judgmental of people (including myself) who are trying to survive the only way we can in the world as it is: by scrapping to make money.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Most of the glamor of being a starving artist is gone—if not all of it. All the same, when all our language and technology centers on short-term money makers, we’re surrendering to the idea that human creation is only worth what the highest number of people will pay for it.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">The inevitable result of a focus on commodity over quality is this: that books are made by machines. That whatever costs less for the corporations&nbsp; to produce will be lifted up over things made by human minds that aren’t the “sure thing.” And until the machines start unionizing, they’re going to seem like a much better deal than paying fallible human beings.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Although, by the time the machines start unionizing, things are going to look a lot different than they do now—one way or another.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But many people who still love reading love it because of its power to connect us, to advance human thought and invention. In a way, that’s what futurists and tech optimists are hoping would come from AI as well. And in some cases it does (though not really any that have to do with generating words). But focusing on what maximizes profits in the short term restricts the use of both books and new technologies to something that keeps us stuck. It makes it easier for publishing companies to take safe bets on regurgitating words concocted by the internet’s various garbage patches.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">When everyone is using generative AI to express themselves, the information available becomes recycled until it’s sucked dry as a ball of lint. When every learning source is lumped together into a single model, the answers you get to your questions are about as reliable as a source-free Facebook post. When everything is a copy of a copy of a copy, who are we supporting in the development and preservation of new knowledge? Who is doing the thinking and research to create more to feed the machine?</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">Now, I’ll say “fuck generative AI” and “fuck data centers” all day long in the spirit of what most people mean when they say it. In fact, I’ll wear a t-shirt that says it. But what I really mean is fuck AI in its current form.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">It does not have to be like this.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">The more I look into AI technology as a whole, and even language models, the more I mourn what could be. We could have it so good. We could have data centers that integrate with our ecosystem instead of draining communities of their resources and pillaging the global south. We could have contained language models that help revive dying languages and preserve culture and history and work in tandem with researchers instead of gutting universities and sealing even more knowledge from people who could use it for good.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">We could have so much more than a place to offload our thinking and substitute for actual human friends. More than something to write the LinkedIn posts we hate or give us bad advice repurposed from some doofus on a defunct forum post. More than “writing” mediocre books that give us a little bit of money and no emotional satisfaction.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">But those opportunities don’t come when everything is mass-produced just for a consumer market and all the information is lumped into a single source that poops back and forth forever. It comes from smaller, more well-curated, cared for, and intentionally built systems.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">(Yes, this is me back on my decentralization bullshit.)</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">You can say “there’s nothing new under the sun”, but are you sure? Have you been looking? Have you tried? Have you wondered what could happen if we stop looking at everything as products and stopped looking at every new technology as just another way to sell products?</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">I don’t know how we can get to something better, but I do know we can’t get there without wondering or without seeking it out. And that’s less about bitching and moaning than it is about educating ourselves, challenging structures, and conceiving of new ones.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">I’ve got a lot of links and sources in the essay version of this podcast on my website: <a href="http://hybridpubscout.com">hybridpubscout.com</a>, and some of them are also in the show notes on your favorite podcast platform. Also, there are a couple of books I’ve added to the <a href="https://bookshop.org/shop/hybridpubscout">HPS Bookshop.org shop</a>: <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9780593657508">Empire of AI by Karen Hao</a> and <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9780063418561">The AI Con by Prof. Emily M. Bender and Dr. Alex Hanna</a>. And yes, those are affiliate links. So far I’ve only read the first one, but I’ve ordered the second, and Professor Bender is one of the authors of the famous paper <a href="https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3442188.3445922">On the Dangers of Stochastic Parrots</a> that Google tried to suppress when it was first published.</p>



<p class="has-medium-font-size">If you have thoughts, you can email me at emily@hybridpubscout.com, find me on LinkedIn as Em Einolander, or follow me on Bluesky @emilyeino.&nbsp;</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/trad-pub-self-pub-ai/">Episode 88: What’s the Point?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/trad-pub-self-pub-ai/">Episode 88: What&#8217;s the Point?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4866</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 87: A Return to Reading</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-87-a-return-to-reading/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-87-a-return-to-reading</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Reading]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4860</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>I’m just going to be honest with y’all—I’m overwhelmed. This podcast is about exploring the world of publishing and providing a resource for authors, but everything is moving so quickly that it’s easy to feel left behind when my goal is to stay on top of things. So I feel that today, it’d be good ... <a title="Episode 87: A Return to Reading" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-87-a-return-to-reading/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 87: A Return to Reading">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-87-a-return-to-reading/">Episode 87: A Return to Reading</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-87-a-return-to-reading/">Episode 87: A Return to Reading</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/57f92c81-1c4b-45f4-8bf4-bfacb7167080/"></iframe></div>



<p>I’m just going to be honest with y’all—I’m overwhelmed. This podcast is about exploring the world of publishing and providing a resource for authors, but everything is moving so quickly that it’s easy to feel left behind when my goal is to stay on top of things. So I feel that today, it’d be good to get back to basics. Let’s talk about a return to reading. </p>



<p>Yeah, remember reading? If I’m not mistaken, that’s what we’re all doing here, or at least why we started.</p>



<p>My suspicion is that even those of us who are reading aren’t reading the way we want to, with as much gusto and immersion as we know we’re capable of (or wonder whether we’re still capable of).</p>



<p>Recently, I celebrated my 39th birthday, and there’s something about facing down the final year of my 30s that’s making reflective about what I’m putting in my brain. When I turn forty, what will I have learned? Whose voices will I have listened to? How have I participated in the world in the context of my vocation and hobbies, most of which have books at their core?</p>



<p>And I’m not just talking about eating my psychological vegetables; I don’t regret the horror and romance that I’ve made part of my reading life in the slightest. But I want to incorporate more media—books and other written words in particular—that’s substantial, memorable, and enhance my life in a way that just accepting whatever the algorithm serves me can’t.</p>



<p>And sure, these reflections come from the fact that I’m aging, but also because of how underwhelmed I feel about my reading habits for the past few years. There are some real winners on my “read” list, but I’ve occasionally noticed myself shying away from things I know would be thought-provoking and maybe even life changing.</p>



<p>And I’ve been asking myself—why is that?</p>



<p>There’s a tendency to become protective of our minds in a way that’s fear-based rather than simply selective. Just look at the types of books that get banned: there’s a literal panic around subject matter that people find threatening. But as much as I try to be open-minded, something in my head is more resistant than ever to things that are too novel (if you’ll pardon the pun).</p>



<p>2020 set a precedent where we read so much less than usual—even though supposedly we had more time to. I mostly I just scrolled while waiting to see whatever the next disaster was. And even though I’ve picked up the pace since then, I think that year put me in a habit of resistance to reading more challenging subject matter.</p>



<p>It’s a little embarrassing, but I’ve uncovered a need for psychological safety in myself that I didn’t have before. It’s easy to watch low impact shows and movies and stick to predictable, tropetastic stories. Don’t get me wrong, I love romance, but it’s also a genre for people who want to know exactly what to expect, and I can admit to myself that’s a big part of why I read it.</p>



<p>Predictability, staying cocooned in my comfort zone takes a lot of magic out of literature and life.</p>



<p>Call it complacency or emotional overload, or even collective trauma, but I think things like last year’s drop in nonfiction sales shows that I’m in line with overall trends. The challenge of sitting down and learning something new is a lot for people to take. Educating ourselves with books is essential for people to seek justice and learn from history, and to sharpen critical thinking, but in moments like these, it can seem like either not enough or too much.</p>



<p>And for me, the last couple of years have been pretty cognitively challenging in another way.</p>



<p>Specifically, and I mentioned this in my first newsletter back a couple of months ago, I had a debilitating chronic migraine situation. And around the same time, I had to adjust to a few other health-related issues that took up a lot of my emotional and mental bandwidth. And yeah, I read, but the brain fog that comes with the type of issues I was having can make you feel like everything is just flowing through your brain and out again like water through gravel.</p>



<p>But now my health challenges seem to be in more of a maintenance mode, and I’m waking up on the edge of middle age with this urgency to make all the time I spend with a clear head count for something. It feels kind of like crawling out of a swamp, covered in mud and half-hyperventilating, and having someone walk up and say, “Oh good, you’re back. Here’s your to-do list.”</p>



<p>So between now and my 40th birthday next year, my goal is to take a more thoughtful, more carefully engaged approach to the books, stories, and articles I read. I want to read poetry and pick up classic novels I’ve been putting off.</p>



<p>And if you’ve stuck around to listen to me ramble this long, it might be because you’re interested in doing something similar.</p>



<p>If you’ve been a reader for a long time and have experienced the kind of fatigue I’ve been describing—and I know for a fact that there are a lot of people who either write books or interact with them in some way—you might relate to the idea of wanting to renew, refresh, and show courage in your relationship with reading.</p>



<p>I want to challenge myself again, and I’m hoping you’ll join me, both to keep our brains from melting and to hopefully uncover inspiration and knowledge we can use to make a positive impact on the world. Because even if it feels like it’s ending, we’re not dead yet.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Skimming Kills Your Soul</h2>



<p>The volume of information we face daily is insurmountable. It’s like trying to squeeze thousands of people through a single doorway or trying to drink the ocean with a straw.</p>



<p>One study from UC San Diego determined that the average person consumes about 34 gigabytes of information across our various devices every day, the equivalent of about 100,000 or a solid, medium-large fiction book. And the wildest part is that study came out in the 2010s.</p>



<p>So we can’t give our full attention to every single thing that comes across our path—our tiny brains cannot process it. As an adaptation to most of our reading now being done online, we’ve all learned to skim. Our vision zigzags from the top of the page to the bottom (the headline, intro, and conclusion) then does a side-to-side sweep for points of context. Then we might go back through the text to search for details to the degree that we think we might need them.</p>



<p>It’s not the most effective way to take in a long form story or article, but definitely a more realistic way to approach a world with too many units of information constantly vying for our attention.</p>



<p>But sometimes it’s even less comprehensive than that. And this is where I’m going to get judgy.</p>



<p>I’ve seen trends where people skim-read books, in that they skip paragraphs or pages entirely if they’re deemed too long or text-heavy; they’ll look for lines of dialogue or keywords. Some people aren’t even bothering to read more than AI summaries (they really really want you to read their summaries by the way—I mean, that PDF looks long, do you want me to summarize it?) And no, this isn’t TikTok panic, I’ve heard it in person.</p>



<p>And I’m not on TikTok. Fuck TikTok.</p>



<p>Anyway, this haunts me. I lose sleep over it.</p>



<p>If that sounds mean, so be it. But I’ve encountered people both on and offline who identify as book lovers, but are almost solely skim readers. Most seem a little sheepish or frustrated about it, which is relatable. It’s hard to overhaul the way you read from one format to another, and our brains are now all accustomed to a world that is constantly spewing garbage at us.</p>



<p>But others proudly admit to it and get annoyed when books don’t accommodate their shallow reading style.</p>



<p>“There are too many words. Why do these authors expect me to read all that? I only read dialogue.”</p>



<p>And that’s when I turn into the joker. Rage bait taken. I’m flopping around on the bottom of the boat, waiting for the club to put me out of my misery. But who cares if I’m mad about it, right? Who am I to tell people how to spend their free time?</p>



<p>Here’s my appeal—for your own benefit as a reader.</p>



<p>If you’re a writer, hopefully you’re able to recognize what people are giving you when they read your book. You’re making a bid for them to spend hours of the only life they have on what you’ve created. It’s not a small thing for either of you: writer or reader. And when they make that choice, you want it to be worth it for them, right?</p>



<p>Now, I’ll turn that around and say that, as a reader, you probably want the books you pick up to matter, right? So why stay on the surface? Don’t you want more?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Value of Deep Reading</h2>



<p>Here’s what I’m not going to do today: I’m not going to define what a “good book” is. Everyone has a different concept of what is challenging and what is enjoyable, and whether a book is “good” or “bad” is immaterial to this conversation.</p>



<p>This is more about the way in which we read. It’s a case for reading deeply and with full concentration. It’s a plea for us to do our best to rebuild or strengthen our ability to concentrate on a book, even though the way most of us have been rewired can make it kind of a slog.</p>



<p>If we’re just talking about retraining that connection between your eyeballs and your comprehension, you can read any kind of book deeply. Hell, you can read fanfiction deeply. You can also read philosophy or the classics shallowly. And if you’re still at the beginning stages of getting your reading mojo back, maybe something snootier people might consider “lowbrow” is the on-ramp you need to get back into it. Only you can be the judge of whether that’s leading you in the direction you want to go.</p>



<p>Quality reading requires you to concentrate on something for more than a few seconds, or even minutes, at a time without getting distracted. It requires you to read a full page instead of skimming the first and last lines of each paragraph. It opens you up to new sentence structures and words and concepts you may never have heard before, and when you take note of these things, that’s when the enrichment begins.</p>



<p>(And don’t get me started on how fantastic that is for you if you’re a writer.)</p>



<p>That high-quality attention has been one of the major barriers holding us back from engaging with books in the way we used to. The way we still want to. What fun is a long fantasy novel if you have to remind yourself what’s happening every five minutes because you keep looking at your phone.</p>



<p>(And don’t get me wrong, I am absolutely preaching to myself here.)</p>



<p>There’s another complicating factor for people whose jobs are tied up in books. As publishing people—editors, writers, book reviewers, and even booksellers—we can get fatigued incredibly easy with the expectations placed on us. And we can find ourselves more focused on volume over weight. That’s not a moral failing; we’re responding to our environment and the pressures placed on us to stay in the loop.</p>



<p>And especially if we’re editing, we are doing something resembling a deep read. A different, harder, more draining version of it, in fact.</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve been asked to write blurbs. Or you have to beta an upcoming book for a friend. You just need enough information from that nonfiction book to write a press release or pitch letter, or you just have to get the gist of a huge stack of romance books so you can make an Instagram image carousel. And maybe you’re a writer who is just struggling so hard to get enough words on a page that putting more words into your brain seems insurmountable.</p>



<p>And maybe you’re just exhausted, fried by too much information.</p>



<p>But reading—deep, focused reading—contextualizes things that are happening to you and around you, so you can see patterns of history and social and environmental phenomena. It arms you with information that will help you move forward, even when that might seem impossible. It helps you empathize with others and understand points of view you haven’t considered before. And any genre, fiction or nonfiction, can help fill those gaps.</p>



<p>Reading can be more than just an escape hatch from a terrifying world or something you do to keep your place in a community. It’s not just lip service to say that it’s one of the most profound things you can do with your time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Reading and Your Brain</h2>



<p>Recently, I read a book called <em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9780062388773">Reader Come Home</a></em> by neuroscientist and literacy advocate Maryanne Wolf. She also wrote a book you may have heard of called <em><a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9780060933845">Proust and the Squid</a></em>. That’s the one that made her well known as a researcher of reading and the brain.</p>



<p>Wolf quotes neuroscientist David Eagleman, who said that “There are as many connections in a single cubic centimeter of brain tissue as there are in the Milky Way galaxy.” And she goes on to describe how each of those constellations that form in our brains are different for every person on earth.</p>



<p>When you give all your focus to reading, you blast that old aphorism about only using ten percent of your brain to bits. Reading combines the parts of your brain that control language, vision, motor skills, cognition. It calls on us to access background knowledge we have about different subjects—knowing the definitions of words, geography, history, lore, or whatever.</p>



<p>And here’s what makes reading so important if you want to be a positive force in the world: you gain the type of understanding that makes what you find in books comprehensible&#8230;from other books. For every book you read, you increase your chances of getting even more out of the next one.</p>



<p>The less background knowledge you have, the harder it is to engage with a book. And unfortunately, the harder it is to engage with a book, the less you’ll feel like reading, and the less background knowledge you’ll accumulate.</p>



<p>Part of what made it hard to read as a kid, at least for me, was the fact that I had so little knowledge of the world. But it’s also one of the few ways to gain—and especially remember—that background knowledge.</p>



<p>And that so-called empathy we supposedly gain when we read fiction? That value comes from giving the characters our full attention and truly inhabiting their worlds. We don’t get it from just floating on the surface of a story.</p>



<p>This is part of why I’m saying start easy and with things you enjoy. But pay attention, because the more clues you gather, the better your experience gets.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Pleasure of Reading Diversely</h2>



<p>If you <em>do</em> want to read more books that challenge you, you need to be able to associate books with feeling good. That could mean hedonic pleasure, meaning it’s enjoyable while you’re doing it, or eudemonic, the pleasure you feel after having accomplished something. Pretending you can develop a reading habit without some type of emotional reward is self-deluding.</p>



<p>Remember that reading can be about what you want to learn, not just keeping up with everyone else is into. <a href="https://isbndb.com/blog/how-many-books-are-in-the-world/">One estimate puts the number of books in the world at 158,464,880</a>. You can find a book on basically anything you’re curious about.</p>



<p>To get super Reading Rainbow about it, there is an entire world of books out there. Even if you, like me, can’t get out and see the regular world as much as other people might be able to, whether that’s because of money or disability or whatever else—you have windows to the rest of existence. And reading diversely is what will help reading carry you to new places you might not visit otherwise.</p>



<p>When we talk about diverse books, your mind might go to movements like “Own Voices” or “We Need Diverse Books”—this ongoing effort to publish more books from people of all races, ethnicities, abilities, genders, and sexualities. But I’ve noticed that if someone says I should read books featuring “Diversity of Thought”, I hear it as a euphemism for “read an inflammatory money-grab by a Fox News pundit.”</p>



<p>But honestly? Reading diversely is a win for everyone, and it’s easier than you think. Unless you’re reading only things in one genre, from one pool of authors who all follow each other on Instagram, your instincts are probably already leading you in that direction.</p>



<p>So just start reading about stuff that you’re curious about—any expert who writes a nonfiction book will have different thoughts than you have. Read something in translation from a different country. They will explore things that aren’t even on your radar. And yeah, definitely read books from people of different races, genders, and sexualities—even if you have similar values, your opinions are never going to perfectly align.</p>



<p>Fear of being challenged by something new keeps so many of us stuck in reading ruts. If you want to move forward, you’re going to have to rip that bandaid off.</p>



<p>And read books from twenty, thirty, fifty, one-hundred or more years ago! There is absolutely no way someone writing back then is going to use the same terminology or look at things from the same perspective as you do.</p>



<p>And if they do? I don’t know. I guess get back in that time machine before you kill us all.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Find an Approach that Works for You</h2>



<p>As for format, different things do happen in your brain when you’re listening versus reading with your eyeballs. If you are on a mission to regrow your attention span and your ability to do close reading, research suggests you will have an easier time tracking and remembering what you read when it’s on paper books versus ebooks or audio.</p>



<p>But also&#8230;audiobooks are real books. Ebooks are real books. If you are most comfortable reading in those formats, embrace that! If that’s your on ramp, great. As long as you’re able to engage with a story, you’re going in the right direction. The fact that you don’t go for a walk three times a week shouldn’t stop you from going once. Just. Start.</p>



<p>And if you’re thinking, “Em, everyone is broke. Where are we getting the money for all these books?”, let me remind you that there are still libraries! And they need you to visit them and check out books to keep from dying out.</p>



<p>There’s also the Internet Archive, and if you’ve only got a little disposable income and are looking to buy, there’s your local used bookstore, or if you’re determined not to leave the house: Thriftbooks. Hell, if you use Amazon, there’s Kindle Unlimited. There’s <em>lots</em> on Kindle Unlimited, in fact. And if you can’t find one book, you really want to read at a reasonable price point (or for free), there is a long backlist of books. Again—spanning hundreds of years. You’re sure to find something.</p>



<p>The plan for how to keep yourself in the reading game is something you’ll have to figure out for yourself, but here’s what I’m currently trying out.</p>



<p>I’ve found that I’m the kind of person who will inevitably read more than one book at a time. Having a “books in waiting” pile in a range of different formats and genres keeps me from getting decision paralysis. On that list I keep: a collection of short stories or essays, a book of poetry, a horror or romance book, and then something a little more challenging, usually litfic or nonfiction. And yes, because otherwise I’ll get super sidetracked, I read those more challenging ones with a paper and pen and sticky notes (just for the books I own, of course—never put sticky notes in a library book!).</p>



<p>And here’s a really important one: I let myself DNF books if I don’t like them and I let myself switch to a different book if I want to read it more than what I’ve got going on currently, so I never stop reading altogether.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-87-a-return-to-reading/">Episode 87: A Return to Reading</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-87-a-return-to-reading/">Episode 87: A Return to Reading</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4860</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4850</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I talked with Sarah Giffrow, an expert in helping small businesses with their online presences. If you weren&#8217;t aware, I worked for Sarah&#8217;s business, Upswept Creative, for a couple of years and witnessed the similar workflows and software used for publishing, website design, and digital marketing. It&#8217;s not a galaxy-brained take to ... <a title="Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow/">Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow/">Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/0525755b-422e-4eaa-b518-984360340c5a/"></iframe></div>



<p>In this episode, I talked with Sarah Giffrow, an expert in helping small businesses with their online presences. If you weren&#8217;t aware, I worked for Sarah&#8217;s business, Upswept Creative, for a couple of years and witnessed the similar workflows and software used for publishing, website design, and digital marketing.</p>



<p>It&#8217;s not a galaxy-brained take to say that the tools that make up those workflows seem increasingly hostile to users—and I&#8217;d venture to say both the environment and the economy as well. Completely divesting from every problematic platform isn&#8217;t realistic for most people&#8217;s work, but as far as I&#8217;m concerned, that&#8217;s no reason to give up.</p>



<p>Both Sarah and I do our best in this conversation to find a balance between “you have no choice but to succumb to your billionaire overlords” or “smash your phone with a sledgehammer and run into the woods.”</p>



<p>Hopefully, it empowers you to try to nudge your ethics and your tech use into closer alignment.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Sarah Giffrow</h2>



<p>Sarah’s path was set in the days of the Old Internet, after she built her very first webpage in the ’90s. She was raised in a tech-savvy household and went on to get a B.S. in Multimedia Design from the University of Oregon.</p>



<p>Sarah is the Creative Director + Benevolent Overlord of Upswept Creative, which was born out of her previous side-hustle as a photographer, where she often found herself seized by the irrepressible urge to help her photography clients improve their websites. These days, she calls herself “a website nerd and accidental marketer,” and learning about online marketing over the past decade has only made her better at websites and promoting small businesses in the big world of the internet.</p>



<p>In her newsletter, The Radical Marketer, Sarah writes about how to cope with online marketing when you&#8217;re trying to survive in a capitalist world. She digs into online marketing trends, and what small business owners do (or don&#8217;t) need to worry about. She guides readers towards building online marketing habits that feed their missions, without filling the pockets of tech billionaires, and helps business owners to bring more of the radical acts and ethical practices that matter to them into their online marketing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links of Note</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.theradicalmarketer.com/">The Radical Marketer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.goodgoodgood.co/articles/great-pacific-garbage-patch-clean-up">Article about getting the plastic out of the Pacific Garbage Patch  </a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/bot-farms-and-the-troll-toll-with-perry-carpenter/id1441348407?i=1000735005716">Bot Farms and the Troll Toll – American Hysteria episode</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/better-offline/id1730587238">Better Offline podcast</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://lexroman.com/">Lex Roman</a> </li>
</ul>



<h4 class="wp-block-heading">Tools:</h4>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://ghost.org/">Ghost</a></li>



<li><a href="https://calendly.com/">Calendly</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.affinity.studio/">Affinity</a></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Interview Transcript</h2>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:00</p>



<p>Hi Sarah. Thanks for coming on. Thanks for having me. Yeah, I used to work with Sarah back in Wow. 2019, 2020,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>00:14</p>



<p>it doesn&#8217;t sound so long ago, and yet it feels so long ago.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:17</p>



<p>I finally, like reached the point where it does sound long ago, which maybe is good, but maybe is really bad.</p>



<p>00:24</p>



<p>Yeah, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s starting to but, but yeah, time is a weird social construct. Cool.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:32</p>



<p>So Sarah, can you tell us a little bit about yourself and about your business? Yeah?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>00:37</p>



<p>Um, so I Yeah. My name is Sarah giffrow, and I&#8217;m the creative director and benevolent overlord of upswept creative and we build WordPress websites and the online marketing for service based entrepreneurs and nonprofits. So So yeah, we&#8217;re basically thinking about your website, your social media and your email marketing, for folks who just need to spend less of their time on their marketing and have it actually do effective things for for what they&#8217;re trying to achieve.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>01:11</p>



<p>Because marketing takes forever. I just, you know, I see all these people who are like, this is how you make 20 posts in an hour, like, you know, five minutes, which, I mean, come on, that&#8217;s nonsense. But, like, I spend so long writing a post that I&#8217;m just like, Who are these people and how do they do this? So, I mean, it&#8217;s good to have experts maybe, you know,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>01:33</p>



<p>yeah, I mean, I mean, note that nobody, nobody who&#8217;s saying that, says that they&#8217;re necessarily good posts. Now this is, actually, this is something I thought about because, yeah, I&#8217;ve been because, yeah, I&#8217;ve also, a few months ago, started a newsletter called The radical marketer. And I have found that to be, I I found that to be, you know, decently easy, at least on the scale of things, to create content for. It&#8217;s it&#8217;s a it&#8217;s topics that I have lots of things to say about. But like, yeah, these past couple weeks, I&#8217;ve been like, oh, reflecting on the end of the year, and I&#8217;m writing about different things. And, yeah, there are just certain buckets of content that take me so much longer and are just like, it&#8217;s so much harder to just like, squeeze the lemon hard enough to get the little drop of wisdom that&#8217;s in there.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>02:34</p>



<p>I&#8217;ve been loving the radical marketer that&#8217;s kind of one of the major basis for this entire interview is just some of the stuff you&#8217;ve been saying is, to me, a bit radical. You&#8217;re not just regurgitating the same well. I mean, you&#8217;re addressing the talking points that a lot of people are right now, but you&#8217;re not saying the same thing as what I&#8217;m mostly seeing, and it seems very realistic, but optimistic, which I&#8217;ve been enjoying about tech and about people&#8217;s use of social media and the way our brains work, which is really nice, especially for like, neurodivergent people. It&#8217;s, it&#8217;s like, Oh, I&#8217;m not, I&#8217;m not a weirdo by myself who can&#8217;t handle the world.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>03:21</p>



<p>Yeah, yeah. And it&#8217;s, it really, I mean, I think, you know, at the core, I&#8217;m just, I&#8217;m always, I&#8217;m always going to have that little bit of optimism, like, even if it&#8217;s just completely blind optimism, it&#8217;s going to be in there, but, but, yeah, I think we&#8217;re just, we&#8217;re at a point where everything feels very like super intense extreme, like, you know, we&#8217;re like late stage capitalism. We&#8217;re seeing like, all of the, all of the best and worst things that could possibly happen. I mean, a lot of them on the worst ends, but, but, yeah, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s sort of the internet is just sort of like that too, where, like, you&#8217;ll see, like, the most wonderful, heartwarming thing you&#8217;ve seen, like, in months, and then like, something that makes you want to, like, throw your computer out the window and run away to Alaska in the span of 10 minutes. Exactly.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>04:15</p>



<p>I did see an article last night, and I don&#8217;t remember the date on it. Maybe this was a while ago, and I just missed it, but there was an entire thing about a guy who invented something that he&#8217;s been able to get, like, a million pounds of trash out of the Pacific Garbage Patch, right?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>04:34</p>



<p>Yeah, yeah. And we would never just hear about that, unless maybe we happened to know the guy. But now we have the internet,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>04:43</p>



<p>and it&#8217;s literally, literally a page where it&#8217;s like, here are some good things, like, I need to follow this.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>04:50</p>



<p>Oh yeah, yeah. That is a response to a very, very needed thing. Yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>04:58</p>



<p>So I. So this is a publishing podcast. This is for authors. This is for publishers. And so one I find that a lot of things that you do overlap with things that I do, and one of those things is a lot of the tools and processes that we need to grapple with. You know, whether we&#8217;re using it, whether we&#8217;re not using it, which of them we are using? So what? What types of digital services do you need to do your work?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>05:30</p>



<p>There&#8217;s definitely a lot of overlap in those tools. Like, a lot of a lot of what I do in a day centers around words like, I, I&#8217;m very much about, like, all right, please, let&#8217;s have your copy dialed in before we really start designing this thing. Because so much of design and marketing is, is, you know, it hangs on, you know, the quality of the words that are involved. So, so, yeah, there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s going to be, you know, word processing, collaborative document editing. And that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s probably the biggest thing. And then there are visual design tools, certainly, and, and, yeah, also, yeah, CRMs, oh, yeah, yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>06:19</p>



<p>yeah, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s probably one that you do a lot more than I do at this point. But I, I guess a lot of publishing business owners probably have to deal with that.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>06:28</p>



<p>Yeah, I feel like those are the big ones. And then, yeah, yeah, social media scheduling tools in particular, yeah, that&#8217;s probably Yeah, and, and email marketing tools. I mean, they&#8217;re just, there&#8217;s so many tools,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>06:44</p>



<p>and more and more of them just seem to be minefields of ethical problems these days.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>06:51</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s the, that&#8217;s the fun thing we get to navigate. So there&#8217;s</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>06:58</p>



<p>the AI encroachment on every single tech platform ever, and, and you&#8217;ve, you haven&#8217;t taken that lying down. I have noticed from what you&#8217;ve been writing about, so how&#8217;s that been? What&#8217;s been your response over time, and how&#8217;s that changed? And how do you keep your energy up?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>07:16</p>



<p>Yeah, it feels like just a bit of vigilance. Because, I mean, it seems like you&#8217;re constantly having to say, like, no, please don&#8217;t write this email for me. No, please. I don&#8217;t want to try your new AI tool, but, but, yeah, I think, I think I may have been more open to it in the earlier stages, but I think my opinion has stayed pretty much the same over time in that it seems that the AI boosters are really well able. They&#8217;re really like trying to push hard into the creative spaces and and I have a, I mean, I have a huge problem with that, as you know someone who does design and marketing, because, because, yeah, I mean, what people ultimately want to achieve, particularly with marketing, is, you know, they want to stand out, and they want to be memorable. And so many of these llms are just, they&#8217;re pulling from things that already exist, and the result is predictably, just very samey, samey. And, and I really, and, yeah, it&#8217;s, it doesn&#8217;t have the capability of, like, you know, creating new ideas that that will stick in people&#8217;s minds. So, yeah, I&#8217;m very, I&#8217;ve been pretty vocally against that use of it, because, yeah, I think we need more humanity in the online spaces. You know, I saw some like, horrifying statistic about, like, some online platforms being, like, 50% bots.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>08:54</p>



<p>Yeah, you were talking, you were talking in one of your newsletters about dead internet theory. And I was like, do you, do you, like, believe that&#8217;s true, or</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>09:05</p>



<p>I don&#8217;t think I&#8217;m there yet, but, like, yeah, it&#8217;s, but yeah, it&#8217;s sort of, it was just sort of an alarming, an alarming realization that, like, you know, yeah, there are people Like, using bots to achieve certain often nefarious ends, and, and, yeah, and we can&#8217;t, you know, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s kind of messed up, that this, that this tool that was supposed to connect us all in this, in this beautiful manner, like, is now a space where we can&#8217;t even be certain that we&#8217;re dealing with an actual person there.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>09:36</p>



<p>Yeah, and you have been on the internet back when it was fun. I mean, I was, I was for a while too, but I think you were, like, more participatory and, like, earlier stages of it. But, yeah, I just remember having a good time. It was dangerous. Sometimes like to to be online, you had to be a little bit more, like, keep a good eye out. But I think you should now too. And people have sort of lost i. Sight of protecting themselves online, but I don&#8217;t know, it almost feels like giving up to a certain extent, because there&#8217;s just so much push to be a certain way and be in certain places. And it gets exhausting after a while, because you&#8217;re just trying to do your work and you&#8217;re trying to see what&#8217;s going on with people, and, you know, trying to find a concert to go to or whatever, and it&#8217;s just this endless barrage of nonsense. Yeah, yeah. Now I&#8217;m ranting. I am gonna, I am going to link that American hysteria podcast that you put in one of your newsletters about, like, the the troll bots. Yeah, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s really interesting. I think I&#8217;m gonna link it in the show notes. I think everyone should listen to it. But yeah, oh, I did want to ask you. Said, back when Gemini was really, like, getting involved and, like, was, ever was, you know, I, I don&#8217;t even know if it&#8217;s working or not on my computer anymore. I&#8217;m just like, I tell it No, but I still see it and you said that you were you said that you were on the phone with them trying to get it off of the upswept drive. Did that work?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>11:20</p>



<p>Yeah, I think. So I, I went hunting for the proper toggles in the in the Google Admin to, like, turn it off. And so theoretically, it seems like that should have done it, but then it didn&#8217;t. And so I think, um, I think I came up just short of calling someone where, like, I had, they had this really circuitous like, you know, here&#8217;s how to contact support and and it just seemed like an endless loop. But I did actually, I ended up having to chat with an actual person who had to, yeah, toggle some mysterious things on their ends to, like, actually turn it off. So now it&#8217;s not there anymore. And I love that, but I the better part of an hour.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>12:05</p>



<p>I&#8217;m very impressed I did not go to those lengths. But then there&#8217;s just one of me. So in your newsletter, the radical marketer, you&#8217;ve talked a lot of about divesting from different platforms, and I&#8217;d love to hear more about what that process has been like, how you made the decisions. I especially want to hear about how you, as a designer, ditched Adobe, and we have to talk about meta, obviously, because that&#8217;s that&#8217;s been a big one for getting rid of this year.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>12:35</p>



<p>Yeah, yeah, yeah. As far as pulling pulling away from Adobe. That&#8217;s actually turned out to be similar or simpler than I expected. Yeah, I essentially, I had the entire Creative Suite. And I think that, you know, as, like, the focus of my business has narrowed, like, the activities that I&#8217;ve been doing also, you know, narrowed down a little bit, I essentially had to do some research as to, like, what else is even out there in terms of design tools. I I had some experience with Canva, which has had its uses. I use it with my team, sometimes just for, like, collaborative editing, so that I can design most of a thing, and then my social media manager can just plug in the necessary words. But it&#8217;s definitely, it&#8217;s definitely not as robust of a tool. But I ran across a an alternative called the affinity so they have a publisher photo, and and designer apps, and it&#8217;s, it was kind of a throwback, because it was, it was back. It was like, buying, you know, the Adobe Suite back in the day, or just like, Oh yeah, you pay a few $100 once, and it&#8217;s yours forever. Incredible. I missed that.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>14:01</p>



<p>I was looking at them yesterday, and it did look like it was a affiliated with Canva. That is that correct?</p>



<p>14:09</p>



<p>That sure about</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>14:11</p>



<p>could be. But, I mean, yeah, the issue with Canva for me was just I was using Adobe for so long, and I&#8217;m used to like Photoshop and and in design that I was just like, where, how do I make a rectangle? Oh, regular ass rectangle, please.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>14:32</p>



<p>That was, yeah, that was definitely, like the that was definitely the most challenging part of the transition. I definitely took advantage of the free trials so that I could, like, get my bearings and, like, actually make sure that I could actually perform the tasks that I wanted to perform in affinity. And, yeah, a lot of it was just this being like, Oh, they use a different word for this function than what I&#8217;m used to in Adobe. Are like, Oh, it&#8217;s open this menu instead of this menu. So just figuring out where things live, like and, and honestly, you can, you can Google it, find the answer pretty quickly. Yeah, the the first, the first design piece that I did in Affinity Designer, I, like, I was very diligent about setting my timer and like this took about the same amount of time, and I had not really had a ton of experience with this app, so I felt like that was encouraging. And at that point I was like, Well, I think, I think it&#8217;s, I think I feel safe clicking the Cancel button on my Adobe subscription.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>15:39</p>



<p>I think I found the one. So, yeah, so you, I&#8217;m glad to hear that wasn&#8217;t too difficult. It does seem like such a monolith that, you know, it&#8217;s intimidating to try to get off some of these platforms, but you&#8217;ve talked a lot about leaving meta as well. What&#8217;s that? What&#8217;s that been like for you? But also, like, what&#8217;s that been like for some of your clients, if, if they&#8217;ve tried, or have they tried?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>16:08</p>



<p>Yeah, I think that, yeah, that&#8217;s been kind of interesting and and definitely a more layered issue. We actually, we actually left our basically, have, like, abandoned our Facebook page. Like, you know, we&#8217;ve put up a bunch of notices saying, like, here you can find us on these other platforms, but we&#8217;re not maintaining an active presence there anymore. And, and for us, that seemed like the right call. It never really been one of our top performers. And, and, yeah, any anymore, as like more and more users are peeling off of the platform, it just seemed like our audience wasn&#8217;t there anyway. So it&#8217;s it felt like it was, it was time to to pull out of that. We&#8217;re still on Instagram and and that seems to be doing okay, but I talk a lot about, about disengaging from ads, as much as you can because, because, yeah, that&#8217;s that&#8217;s basically feeding the base</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>17:08</p>



<p>disengaging, like, as a user or as a poster, or, yes, yes,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>17:16</p>



<p>yeah, definitely. I think it&#8217;s been a lot harder to like, unlearn the instinct to like, click on a thing if it shows me an ad. I like, yeah, yeah. So it&#8217;s been like, Okay, I&#8217;m gonna go over here and Google it instead of like, instead of clicking through on this and and putting, you know, 20 more cents in their pocket, which, you know, at scale, that ends up being a lot. But yeah, as far as client work goes, I think they&#8217;ve there. Haven&#8217;t, they haven&#8217;t made a lot of changes and and interestingly, one of, yeah, I&#8217;m thinking of a client in particular that we have, that that is a nonprofit, and there&#8217;s been a lot of like, there&#8217;s been a fair bit of, like, churn in terms of their following, yeah, where it&#8217;s like, oh, you gained like 221 followers this month, and you lost like 72 but, but, I mean, it&#8217;s still a net gain. So you know, in that, in that respect, they&#8217;re still performing really well and, and, you know, those 72 people were probably bots, or they were probably, or maybe they decided they didn&#8217;t want to be on Facebook anymore. Like, this is it just, there&#8217;s a lot of like, volatility in the numbers, and so you really kind of have to look at them and see, like, okay, but, but like, Yeah, where are the net gains? Like, where are we actually seeing results? And they are still seeing results. So, so, yeah, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s felt like the right move for them to stay the course. But yeah, I, I also, yeah, I think that&#8217;s been the big thing about a lot of my discussion around meta is that, you know, I want people to be aware that there are, there are other options. There are other channels. I could yell about email marketing all day because they&#8217;re just not enough people doing it. But, yeah, but I also want to be sensitive to the fact that, you know, there are certain tactics that you know maybe have historically worked, and just pulling out of those completely is maybe not an option right now. So, so it&#8217;s really, I try to be case by case about it. And you know, we can always, you know, have that aspirational goal in our minds and and make those incremental changes over time. But yeah, it&#8217;s, it doesn&#8217;t have to be a cold jerky thing. And, yeah, I also encourage people to, you know, not just delete everything because they&#8217;re really mad one day, but to, you know, plan the departure.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>19:51</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s definitely a risk, because just so many things happen to make you mad.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>19:58</p>



<p>Yeah, yeah. Yeah, I&#8217;ve thought about it often, but I&#8217;m still out here. The cat videos are keeping me in</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>20:09</p>



<p>I did divest from meta in my personal life and in hybrid pub Scout, I did have to get back on Instagram with my like author pen name, because I didn&#8217;t really know what else to do, and that&#8217;s something I&#8217;ve been thinking a lot about with authors. And because there is email marketing is really, really effective. But there&#8217;s also that chicken and the egg thing with your email list, because it&#8217;s like, how do you actually get people to join the email list? And there&#8217;s, you know, stuff at the back of your book where you can direct people there, but then it&#8217;s like, how do they find the book? And then it&#8217;s like, Amazon ads. And I&#8217;m like, is that really better than being on Facebook? So it&#8217;s just this really like net. It&#8217;s just a net. It&#8217;s a bunch of tangled things that go together and you it feels sometimes like you have to have the right combination, or you&#8217;re just kind of dead in the water.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>20:59</p>



<p>Yeah, and, and that&#8217;s something I&#8217;ve been talking about too, is, is, you know, making use of the free capabilities that are available. So, yeah, if we&#8217;re not, yeah, if we&#8217;re not buying ads from metal all the time, like they&#8217;ve still made this tool freely available to us. People are using it for all kinds of things, promote their businesses, to do activism, like, if it&#8217;s out there, if we know we can reach people through it, then, then I there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s certainly an argument for taking advantage.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>21:32</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s fair. So one thing I thought was really interesting, and that I feel like you&#8217;re one of the only people I&#8217;ve seen saying this, is, you know, authors, especially like I&#8217;ve been listening to podcasts where they&#8217;re being urged to optimize books and they&#8217;re publishing businesses, if it&#8217;s a business, rather than, like self publishing, to optimize for LLM search engines, especially chat, GPT. But you said that you&#8217;re not convinced that that&#8217;s going to be a long term thing, like you&#8217;re you seem skeptical that that&#8217;s going to be something that people are going to be locked into, unless you&#8217;ve changed your mind since the last time I saw you posting about it. But I love to hear more of your thoughts on that.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>22:15</p>



<p>I my first thought was to go back to thinking about what search engines, how they used to work, and how they kind of do now, in that we&#8217;ve essentially, we&#8217;ve kind of broken organic search, because everyone is trying so hard to optimize for it. Because, you know, you think about like, you know, 10 years ago, if you would like Google something, you might actually get some relevant information. And if you Google the same thing, now, like so much of it is, is just like weird, click baity, hyper optimized articles from like directory sites or blogs that that you know don&#8217;t actually, that don&#8217;t actually answer the question you&#8217;re trying to answer, it&#8217;s just that they have all the right keywords in the right places, and so they&#8217;re showing up on page one and and, yeah, and that&#8217;s just that&#8217;s kind of where we&#8217;ve ended up, where we&#8217;re back to not being able to find what we need, because everyone is, like, working so hard to, like, get to page one of Google.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>23:20</p>



<p>Yeah, no, I remember that was part of what I was part of my expertise. I put that in scare quotes, since this is an audio medium, yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>23:34</p>



<p>and so I do expect similar to happen with LLM search. Is that? Is that? Yeah, once we&#8217;re all trying to optimize for that as well, then we&#8217;re probably going to get to us another place where, like, the hyper optimized things that maybe don&#8217;t even have any value are going to float to the top. Yeah. But then I actually tested this out with a couple of different LLM searches and and did a and basically compared that with like what showed up in organic search. And so I was able to basically determine that you don&#8217;t really have to, you don&#8217;t really have to make a ton of drastic changes to optimize for LLM search, like the big finding that I came across, I just Googled things about website WordPress, website designers, something I knew about and but yeah, I think the main thing difference there was that it seemed like a lot of the llms were pulling From directory sites, and that&#8217;s and that sort of thing. So so I feel like outside of that, a lot of the same best practices that you are using to rank in organic search are also going to carry over to LLM search. So, so, yeah, it&#8217;s basically not worth paying. Panicking over, yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>25:01</p>



<p>I mean, I a lot of what I&#8217;m hearing is like, put alt text on your photos and images and write posts about each of your offerings. And I&#8217;m like, That&#8217;s why haven&#8217;t you done that yet?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>25:17</p>



<p>Yeah, these are all the things that we should be doing anyway, to be optimized for organic search. So not, not really, very much has changed ultimately.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>25:28</p>



<p>So it&#8217;s less that you don&#8217;t think it&#8217;s going to be a thing down the road, but you just don&#8217;t think it&#8217;s going to be that different.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>25:34</p>



<p>Yeah. I mean, a little, a little of both, but yeah, definitely I don&#8217;t think it&#8217;s going to be that different, at least, at least from what I could see at this point in time.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>25:42</p>



<p>Are you insinuating about the AI bubble right now?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>25:45</p>



<p>I mean, I&#8217;m just just trying to be open to possibility.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>25:52</p>



<p>I&#8217;m just one person floating in an online world. I&#8217;m like, All right, I&#8217;m doing my best.</p>



<p>26:03</p>



<p>We&#8217;re all just doing our best.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>26:05</p>



<p>I was deals with EDS and trans podcast.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>26:09</p>



<p>Oh yeah, in measured doses. I get really mad if I get a</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>26:14</p>



<p>little stressed out. Sometimes I feel very like in that bubble, all by myself, sometimes alone in my house, working from home, and I&#8217;m just like, ah, Sam Altman</p>



<p>26:29</p>



<p>can&#8217;t raise his child without chat. GPT, so Yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>26:33</p>



<p>can you speak to that? Oh,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>26:35</p>



<p>man, that was maybe the most dystopian thing I&#8217;ve heard in a really long time.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>26:41</p>



<p>I honestly though, to me, I was just like, that sounds like a you problem, but, yep, yep. What happens when you don&#8217;t have any friends?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>26:50</p>



<p>Yeah, you know, I don&#8217;t, I don&#8217;t claim to be good at people, but, but yeah, I&#8217;ve been able to. I made it through four years of parenting, and I have a pretty happy child.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>27:01</p>



<p>All right? So I was kind of talking earlier about the whole the way that we&#8217;re all trying to create a web that makes sense for ourselves with the services we use, and the attempting to create funnels or pathways for customers to find us, or readers to find us, if we&#8217;re authors. And you know some of that has to do with just what&#8217;s available for free, what we&#8217;re willing to pay for, what we are comfortable with using like. And I know that I&#8217;ve been trying to reevaluate a lot of that stuff for myself lately, and it&#8217;s so just intimidating, and it feels like such a big undertaking to try to, like, be an ethical business owner or, you know, publisher of one or whatever in the world right now and so, like, when, if someone were to take a first step into that world of untangling their own tech use, like, what would you suggest?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>28:04</p>



<p>I mean, I think that there&#8217;s something to be said for just looking at things that you&#8217;re doing in a day, and how much they how much time they&#8217;re taking up. Because, because one, I&#8217;ve done that on multiple occasions over the course of my career, and I feel like I&#8217;ve been surprised every time. Yeah, yeah. Then you also, you also get a sense of, like, what, which of those things is actually, you know, getting you closer to your goals, and which of those things aren&#8217;t. So, yeah, so, yeah, looking at time and looking at data, if you&#8217;re on, like, social media at all, you you know there are, there are statistics available. You can tell how many people are clicking on things, and, like, you know how many inquiries are coming through your inbox. And you know you can, you can, at least, like, get a general sense of of what&#8217;s actually moving the needle.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>29:01</p>



<p>So kind of making that, like, cost benefit for like, how long you&#8217;re spending somewhere, versus, like, how much of a return you&#8217;re getting, or even, you know, and not necessarily, like, there&#8217;s, you know, there&#8217;s the customer return, there&#8217;s the ROI, but then there&#8217;s also just, like, maybe how it makes you feel,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>29:19</p>



<p>yeah, yeah, very much. So, yeah, I actually so one of the one of the offerings that I have is it&#8217;s more of a coaching package for your online marketing. Like, one of the first things that I that I ask in the discovery phase is just, like, what kinds of content do you like making? Because like it like, for example, you know, I I love writing. I love writing my newsletter. I love the written format for anything. I will take it over speaking any day. If you ask me to make, like, a 15 second video, I will just be like, I can&#8217;t do it. I need. Had like, three weeks to hype myself up before I do this, and then maybe I still won&#8217;t. Like, yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>30:07</p>



<p>oh god. I heard this woman who was like, oh yeah. I decided to use Tiktok because I make like, three videos a day. No problem. Like, what are you videoing? Like, what is this video you&#8217;re talking about?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>30:19</p>



<p>I&#8217;m exhausted just thinking about, I know I had to sit down.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>30:23</p>



<p>I had to take I had to take a breather.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>30:28</p>



<p>Yeah, you know it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s good to plug into. You know those those places where you feel strong, and those places where it&#8217;s just, it&#8217;s just really difficult to even get started, because, because, yeah, it&#8217;s, you know, if you&#8217;re having to force it like, I mean, speaking as an AD, AD, ADHD, human, the executive dysfunction will rear its head at every opportunity,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>30:55</p>



<p>and then at one point you just kind of run out of energy. Yeah. Where does that leave you? It leaves you shutting down your social media accounts impulsively. Hey, guys, I&#8217;m back. Just kidding. So you were talking about affinity for design earlier. Can you also share some of your favorite, lesser known alternatives for like, app, software, digital services, newsletters, maybe for everyone on substack, the Nazi website?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>31:34</p>



<p>Yeah, I have to, I have to shout out Lex Roman, because I was, I was in a community of hers, and saw her talking a lot about outpost. So that is where I run my newsletter through has a lot of those sub stacky In capabilities, yeah. And I think, I think a lot of, I think a lot of people, more people have heard of beehive at this point, then, then have heard of I&#8217;ve heard of ghost, but I&#8217;ve heard of ghost. Ghost? Yeah, I said outpost. I meant ghost, okay, yeah. Outpost is a tool suite that&#8217;s that works with, that works in tandem with ghosts God, and it&#8217;s yeah and, and it&#8217;s super useful for, like, all of those, like, welcome flows and and re engagement campaigns and and little things that you that you like to have when you&#8217;re trying to maintain a paid subscriber ship.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>32:40</p>



<p>Yes, that&#8217;s a good one. And then you&#8217;re still using Google Drive for most of your assets management and stuff like that. Or, yeah, yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>32:54</p>



<p>I mean, I think I am just because, yeah, a, it&#8217;s there, and B, I turned off Gemini, and C, I use Google for email accounts. Oh, yeah, it&#8217;s just sometimes simplicity is, is a valid motivator.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>33:11</p>



<p>Yeah, no, that&#8217;s fair. I agree,</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>33:14</p>



<p>yeah, yeah. But I think, yeah, I think something that, something that I&#8217;m actually looking to do in upcoming installments of the newsletters, is looking at, is looking more deeply into, like, Who&#8217;s behind various pieces of software or various apps. Because I remember, like, I remember back in 2020 when we are like, in the height of the Black Lives Matter movement, and, and, and I was thinking a lot about, like, okay, what can I do to really like, to really like, step into like, that, that, you know, diversity and equity and justice role as A business owner and like, actually, you know, take the anti racism a step further. And so I, like, started looking at, like, Oh, what are all these services that I&#8217;m using? Like, who&#8217;s actually running the show here? And like, I was pleasantly surprised to find that, for example, Calendly was a black owned tech company. I don&#8217;t know that cool, yeah. So, so that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s one to put in your back pocket.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>34:23</p>



<p>I got it in my front pocket.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>34:29</p>



<p>But, but yeah, I think, yeah. I think it&#8217;s worth educating yourself at least a little bit about, about, about the, like, the pieces of software that you&#8217;re using, and, India, and who and who&#8217;s behind the scenes, who&#8217;s behind the curtain, and what are they all up to? Because as ultimately, the most potent way we&#8217;re going to make our feelings known and make any changes is to control where our dollars go.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>34:59</p>



<p>I&#8217;m looking for. Forward to that series that you&#8217;re going to do, because I would love to learn more about the people behind these apps, and it will help me a lot with decision making.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>35:11</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s the goal. I think, yeah. It&#8217;ll probably lead me to make a few changes here and there, depending on what I learn.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>35:20</p>



<p>Here&#8217;s a question. Is there anywhere on the internet where you&#8217;re still having a good time?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>35:25</p>



<p>Whoa, yeah, yeah, yeah, I have to say when I think one of my biggest complaints since like, the mass exodus from Twitter rip Dad, is that I felt like I had so perfectly curated my my Twitter feeds, where it was like just this wonderful blend of like things you should know about, and also random things that are interesting and also really goofy internet jokes. And I haven&#8217;t really been able to recreate that since</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>36:10</p>



<p>there&#8217;s nothing like being on Twitter when something happened like that was, oh my God, it was the main character today, yeah. But, like, but the good ones, but like, the really fun ones that, you know, sometimes it&#8217;s just like a rage bait, but other times it&#8217;s just like, what is happening in this world right now. This is incredible, but i You can&#8217;t bottle that, and I think it&#8217;s a bygone era.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>36:32</p>



<p>But, yeah, yeah. But I mean, I really, I really have to, you know, I really have to give it to, you know, anyone who is looking to engage online in a genuine way. I mean, I feel like, I feel like LinkedIn has been one of the more rewarding spaces for me over the past year, which, like, I would not have predicted myself saying that, but I&#8217;ve actually, you know, gotten, like, honest comments and feedback from people that I like to hear from. And it&#8217;s, you know, it feels, you know. I mean, it&#8217;s all very like, you know, within the bubble of like, you know, with under the umbrella of work stuff. But it is still like people are looking to have, like, genuine interactions there, which I appreciate, but, but, yeah, I just, I just have to say, you know, to all the people who, like, you know, want to ask you who you&#8217;re like, ask you to name your favorite Nicholas Cage movie, or who, like, can&#8217;t shut up about their dog. Like, just, just hold on to that, because I think the world needs it.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>37:41</p>



<p>Like, oh, that&#8217;s a thing I like, I remember now. I think I need to do some more work curating my LinkedIn feed right now, because the stuff I get sometimes, like, basically, you&#8217;re one of the only people that I actually feel like interacting with right now. I saw a guy today literally say, Stop posting things that help people and giving away content for free. And I was like, he literally said, Stop posting things that help people. And I was like, what is happening? And I just was like, I am not engaging with this. That&#8217;s what he wants. That&#8217;s what he wants. He wants me to click on him, and I&#8217;m not gonna do it. But my goodness, that&#8217;s that attitude is kind of things in a nutshell right now?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>38:29</p>



<p>People, yeah, oh, we have to, we have to fight that at every turn.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>38:36</p>



<p>Yeah, it&#8217;s like, why should I put up everything I know behind a paywall? Like, that&#8217;s not how being a person works.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>38:43</p>



<p>Yeah, yeah. Like, I love helping people. Why I do this job? Yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>38:49</p>



<p>For real, I was like, I don&#8217;t know if I&#8217;ll ever make money doing this podcast. Like, but that&#8217;s not why I&#8217;m doing Um, all right. Well, where can people find you? Online?</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>39:01</p>



<p>Yeah, so. So the newsletters at the radical marketer.com and and my services are at Upswing creative.com we are, we are on Instagram for the moment. We might be in jail because we like to talk shit about meta so much, but we&#8217;re on there, and we&#8217;re on LinkedIn, and we&#8217;re also on blue sky. So, oh yeah, those, those are the, those are the ponds we&#8217;re playing in right now.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>39:32</p>



<p>Sounds good. Gotta play somewhere right now, or you don&#8217;t, but that gets lonely, I promise. Yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Sarah Giffrow&nbsp; </strong>39:38</p>



<p>I mean, you don&#8217;t have to. That&#8217;s, that&#8217;s always the thing I want to lead with. You don&#8217;t, technically, you don&#8217;t have to be in any</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>39:44</p>



<p>particular place, yeah, that is, that is true. You don&#8217;t have but there are consequences. All right. Sarah, thanks so much for talking to me today. This is really fun.</p>



<p>39:56</p>



<p>Thank you. I appreciate the invitation.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow/">Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-86-creative-director-and-radical-marketer-sarah-giffrow/">Episode 86: Creative Director and Radical Marketer Sarah Giffrow</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4850</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4846</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Writing is often a solitary activity. Writers spend their days living, and talking with imaginary people, inside our own heads. Existing in that wind tunnel and never coming out of it is not the healthiest way to move through the world (or around the outskirts of it). But, it can be difficult for a swath ... <a title="Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak/">Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak/">Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/a68d6251-e724-4e98-89c3-59e827f6a1af/"></iframe></div>



<p>Writing is often a solitary activity. Writers spend their days living, and talking with imaginary people, inside our own heads. Existing in that wind tunnel and never coming out of it is not the healthiest way to move through the world (or around the outskirts of it). But, it can be difficult for a swath of people notorious for introversion to brave conferences, networking events, or new writers’ groups.</p>



<p>A lot of folks don’t even know where to meet other writers. But, like anyone else, writers need to connect with friends and colleagues. We need people who can relate to the experience of navigating complicated inner worlds and an even more complicated industry.</p>



<p>We need people to help us celebrate our writing successes and offer condolences for when we hit craters. We need networks that keep us grounded without pulling us down. Community, or as my guest Jessie Kwak puts it, constellations.</p>



<p>Jessie joins the podcast for a second time, this time to talk about her latest book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9781648412547"><em>From Solo to Supported</em></a>.&nbsp;</p>



<p>In this episode, we discuss many of the subjects covered in <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9781648412547"><em>From Solo to Supported</em></a>; everything from how to meet other writers, conversation starters for conferences, and how to navigate giving and receiving feedback.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Guest Bio: Jessie Kwak</h2>



<p>Jessie Kwak is an author, storyteller, and business book ghostwriter living in Portland, Oregon. When she’s not writing, she can be found sewing, mountain biking, and exploring the Pacific Northwest (and beyond). She is the author of thriller novels, two series of space scoundrel sci-fi crime novels, and a handful of productivity books. I first talked with Jessie in <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-59-chaos-to-creativity-jessie-kwak/">Episode 59</a> about her book <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9781621061601" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>From Chaos to Creativity</em></a>, and also posted about her book from the same series, <a href="https://bookshop.org/a/1023/9781648410628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>From Big Idea to Book</em></a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Interview Transcript</h2>



<details class="wp-block-details is-layout-flow wp-block-details-is-layout-flow"><summary>Can&#8217;t listen right now? Read my interview with Jessie below!</summary>
<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:00</p>



<p>So I wanted to kind of start with a just warm up question for you as a writer, do you like listening to anything while you write?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>00:09</p>



<p>No, I can&#8217;t. Well, okay, I guess I will say, No, I can&#8217;t listen to music, anything with words or even like too much of a melody, is just so distracting to me. So I actually when I need white noise to kind of block out other things, like, for example, my husband right now is playing video games downstairs, so I have been listening to thunderstorms.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:34</p>



<p>Oh my gosh. I love that. Yeah, like a</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>00:37</p>



<p>thunderstorm YouTube video that is eight hours long, that is just always in an open town for me to hit play</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:45</p>



<p>that sounds like something I would love to try. I mean, I have the rain outside periodically, and apparently we&#8217;re going to have a pretty wet winter, so that that ought to do it, but at the same time, like That sounds lovely. Wonder if whale sounds would also be nice.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>01:00</p>



<p>It might I think the nice thing about the thunderstorm is that it&#8217;s so consistent. Like, every once in a while there&#8217;s a little of, like thunder, but mostly it&#8217;s just kind of this heavy rain, and so it&#8217;s a very consistent background texture. Whereas I wonder if whale sounds might be a little too like, Oh, there&#8217;s another one. I wonder what they&#8217;re thinking. I wonder what they&#8217;re talking about.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>01:22</p>



<p>What are they trying to say to me? All right, so you&#8217;ve been on the show before when we talked about from chaos to creativity, and then you&#8217;ve done a couple of books in the interim in that series. I mean, I know you&#8217;ve done a lot of other books in the interim, but we had from big idea to book, and from dream to reality, and then the one we&#8217;re going to talk about today, which is from solo to supported. And there&#8217;s a workbook in there too, right?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>01:50</p>



<p>Yeah, there was a workbook related to, from chaos to creativity, yeah, okay,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>01:56</p>



<p>that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s quite a very like, helpful toolkit of a series. Is there more on the horizon, or is would you say that you&#8217;ve pretty well like encapsulated the experience?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>02:10</p>



<p>I definitely there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s definitely more to say about kind of I guess, I guess, just to give a little bit more context, they&#8217;re all related to basically running a business as a writer and as a creative person. From cast of creativity is very much about like for any sort of creative, brained person who wants to get things done, and then the rest are much more writerly focused. And that&#8217;s that&#8217;s something that I just I love talking about, because I&#8217;ve been a freelance writer for 12 years now, and author of fiction books and nonfiction books at the same time, and just the the skill set it takes to run a writing business is very different than the skill set it takes to write a book. And so I&#8217;m always very interested in talking about that, that other kind of, more businessy skill set. So there&#8217;s, I mean, there&#8217;s plenty more things that we could talk about there, but I don&#8217;t have anything currently in the works.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>03:10</p>



<p>Okay, well, let&#8217;s put a pin in, just like the overall writing business part of things, because I&#8217;ve, you know, wheels are turning, and I have selfish questions as well, because I&#8217;m trying to do the same thing. I mean, am, but it always feels like trying a little bit right, like your system is always changing. You&#8217;re always trying to figure out how to, like, really get into the groove of a new way of operating. I know that your experiment always experimenting with different, like technologies and stuff like that. So, yeah, I can see how that would be very expansive. But this book in particular is about something that I know is hard for a lot of writers to do, and that&#8217;s finding community and working in community. Because, you know, the life of a writer is often considered very solo, solo title of the book, but it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s hard to continue with any project when you don&#8217;t have someone, at least to talk about it with. So I think that this is a really like valuable tool. So when you refer to forming a writing community, you use the analogy of a constellation, which I love. Can you expand on what that means? And, you know, especially when it comes to different type of writer relationships,</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>04:28</p>



<p>yeah, so I feel like there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s the stereotype of a writer who just, like is in their writing cave. You know, we think of like going on this retreat for months at a time. The Shining might be a good example.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>04:45</p>



<p>You clearly have a viewpoint on where that&#8217;s going, slowly going mad with your typewriter.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>04:55</p>



<p>But in my experience, like you said, it&#8217;s way more fun. Way more supportive, if you at least have somebody to talk with your work about, let alone be able to share work with and get critique and feedback, or be able to share your joys with and say, Hey, I just sold a story, or I got a publishing contract, or whatever, or to show you share your disappointments. I mean, you know, there are just so many things that are really specific to the writers journey that a lot of people don&#8217;t understand. Like, you know, my husband, I&#8217;m like, he&#8217;s like, how was your day? And I&#8217;m like, my I was just really struggling. Like, I feel like my characters weren&#8217;t talking to me. And he&#8217;s like, so you had a bad day because your imaginary friends weren&#8217;t talking to you. Yeah, that&#8217;s so normal.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>05:45</p>



<p>They are my imaginary colleagues. Thank you very much.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>05:48</p>



<p>Exactly, exactly. Um, so, yeah, so that&#8217;s kind of why I wanted to write this book, is just really help people find, like you said, those constellations. And the reason that I chose that metaphor is because I feel like there, when you start looking for community, you might be like, Okay, here&#8217;s this local writers conference, and you go and you&#8217;re like, Ah, I don&#8217;t fit here. Or here&#8217;s this critique group, and you show up and you&#8217;re like, this thing, it wasn&#8217;t quite for me. Maybe they&#8217;re all writing something different. And I think that can be very discouraging for people, especially if they have thought that maybe whatever group that they were about to join is like the epitome of the writer group in their area or their genre or whatever. And so it can feel very alienating if you don&#8217;t connect right away in a with a group. And so I really wanted to encourage people about, you know, don&#8217;t think about finding community as in plugging into an existing group. Although you can really find, you can find a lot of great friends in those groups. Think about it like you are the center of your own little writer constellation. And how can these different groups and different friends and different, you know, relationships that you build. How can those all relate to you as as kind of the core center of it? And I think this idea kind of came about because I have a lot of writer friends, especially here in Portland, and I am at the center of, you know, kind of the indie writer, a little genre writer. I&#8217;m leaning more into kind of thrillers as opposed to just science fiction now, and so I have a very unique constellation where, you know, a friend of mine who is traditionally published, who also writes those exact same genres, has a very has a different constellation, because he has gone and looked at, you know, plugged into other writers conferences that I haven&#8217;t because I&#8217;m going the indie route, so that, yeah, that just kind of inspired me to be like, All right, when it&#8217;s not about find the one group, it&#8217;s about find how you fit amid all of these</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>07:57</p>



<p>different groups. Do you have a constellation? Because I know you do non fiction, is there a separate one for that? Or would you say that there&#8217;s some overlap?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>08:05</p>



<p>I think there&#8217;s definitely some overlap. Um, I am constantly surprised at how many fiction authors have a non fiction book in them and vice versa. You know, there&#8217;s plenty of people who&#8217;ve like, they&#8217;ve written a bunch of business books. They&#8217;re like, I&#8217;ve always wanted to write that romance, yeah, and so I think there&#8217;s more overlap than than not, but I do definitely have kind of a distinct nonfiction, more businessy. And I also I ghost write business books for thought leaders and coaches and people like that, so they kind of fit more into that constellation of people who are not necessarily writing a book for fun or for to sell the book and make money off the book, but people who are creating a business and a book is part of that business model.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>08:54</p>



<p>What do you think is the main barrier that separates writers from finding community?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>09:00</p>



<p>I think there&#8217;s a couple things. The main one is probably just not knowing where to look, especially when you&#8217;re a new writer, you may not know what, even how to Google like, what are writing conferences, my in my area, or even what like, what exists out there? You know, you might not realize that there are critique groups where people share their work, and that many of them are publicly listed and you can find them. You might not realize, like, I&#8217;m still finding conferences. There&#8217;s, like, a Southwest writers, Southwest Washington Writers Association Conference that couple of my friends went to, and they&#8217;re like, popping up on Instagram. Was like, wait, what? What conference is this? Like? I live right next to Southwest Washington. Why didn&#8217;t I know that there was a conference here? So I think that&#8217;s kind of the biggest thing, is just not knowing where to look. But then there&#8217;s also kind of the introversion, shyness part, which we like. To hang out with our imaginary friends all day because it is safe and comfortable and we don&#8217;t have to talk to other people. And that is definitely a barrier.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>10:08</p>



<p>Yeah, for sure. Where are those listed for those who don&#8217;t know the critique groups and the conferences and things like that? Where would someone go to look for those there?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>10:20</p>



<p>I mean, so I tried to, like, have a comprehensive list in the book of, like, here&#8217;s places to go, and it, it was just so difficult, and it changes so quickly. Like, I mean, I even had a section in there about, like, finding community with, you know, in November, with NaNoWriMo, and we took that out at the last minute, because there&#8217;s right, NaNoWriMo no longer exists, exactly, you know, it was like, page proofs. And I was like, Oh, guys, we have to delete that section. And so what I ended up doing in the book was basically saying, like, here are some, some ways of googling that, you know, I didn&#8217;t just say, hey, Google it, but yeah, here&#8217;s some things to look for. Here&#8217;s some, some of the keywords that you might plug in to try to find your your people, but meetup.org is a pretty solid one. That&#8217;s where, especially in Portland, I&#8217;ve found a lot of different write ins where people are just getting together. They&#8217;re not necessarily sharing work. They&#8217;re just setting timers and having a cup of coffee or a beer or whatever, and writing together in a space. So that is a really, if you&#8217;re trying to meet writer friends, like a write in can be a really, really, really great place to do that, because it&#8217;s there&#8217;s no pressure. You don&#8217;t have to, like, get up and talk. You can just show up with your headphones and write with other people. And, you know, on the breaks, have more communication, but</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>11:43</p>



<p>yeah, and that&#8217;s a great place to start, too, because I know that some people have trouble completing projects unless there&#8217;s someone not necessarily holding you accountable, but at least witnessing You and witnessing the fact that you&#8217;re working on your stuff. And it&#8217;s nice to have people to care</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>11:59</p>



<p>about it too. Yeah, it&#8217;s, I mean, if somebody else can see your screen and you&#8217;re on a 45 minute writing sprint, you&#8217;re probably not going to jump over to social media. You&#8217;re like the person next to me is working hard. I guess I will continue working. It&#8217;s very helpful.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>12:18</p>



<p>So imposter syndrome, if we&#8217;re talking about barriers, big part of basically any field at all, or even just social situations. So if someone doesn&#8217;t feel like they&#8217;re a quote, unquote, real writer, or they don&#8217;t feel like they&#8217;re worthy of being in the community with other writers, how would you recommend that they navigate that?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>12:41</p>



<p>I would say, I mean, first off, I want to recognize that there are definitely communities of writers out there where, if you walk in the door and you haven&#8217;t published in a fancy literary journal, or you haven&#8217;t met some level of criteria, you are going to get snubbed, like there is that out there, which sucks, but it&#8217;s also such a small percentage, especially these days. So I want to encourage anybody like, if you&#8217;ve had that experience, like, yeah, I&#8217;ve had that experience</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>13:09</p>



<p>too awful, but feel invisible,</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>13:14</p>



<p>yeah, yeah. But the majority of writer communities that I have found since then have been very, very open and welcoming. And I think maybe with kind of the rise of self publishing, there is less of this, like stigma against, Oh, you, you didn&#8217;t do it the right way, or you don&#8217;t have the right credential, or whatever. So I think there&#8217;s just a lot more openness to everybody. So I guess that&#8217;s the first thing I would say, is you&#8217;re probably not going to have that experience, especially more and more these days, and if you do have that experience, that&#8217;s why I&#8217;m saying, build your own constellation. Screw those guys. Go meet some new people.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>13:56</p>



<p>Yeah, don&#8217;t try to make them like you. Yeah, exactly.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>14:00</p>



<p>But the other thing I would say is that, like, if you&#8217;re a writer, or if you&#8217;re writing, you&#8217;re a writer and people, there&#8217;s this whole spectrum of people who write just because they feel like writing, and they like telling stories, and they&#8217;re not really trying to get published, and they don&#8217;t really care to People who are building a professional career and thinking about writing in a very different way. And it&#8217;s like, like, my mom&#8217;s really into pickleball now, right? And she&#8217;s just out playing pickleball with her friends because it&#8217;s fun, and she&#8217;s surrounded by people who are just doing it because it&#8217;s fun. Like, none of them are trying to get to the Olympics, and nobody&#8217;s like, hey, just because you&#8217;re not trying to get to the Olympics, you know, therefore you&#8217;re not a real pickleball player, it&#8217;s like, did you pick up a pickleball paddle? I think it&#8217;s what you call them. Then, yeah, you&#8217;re a pickleball player. So I wish there was a little bit more about that with writing. Like, did you write? Great, you&#8217;re a writer. Come join us.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>14:58</p>



<p>Yeah, in. The writers critique group I&#8217;m in, one of the people we were talking about. They were like, you know, that person who&#8217;s always working on their fan on outlining their fantasy novel, the person who&#8217;s outlining it all the time, working on their world building all the time, and they never seem to get around to it. That&#8217;s actually great. Like, they&#8217;re like, that&#8217;s if you are having a great time. We&#8217;re all gonna die someday. And if that&#8217;s the way that you find enjoyment, then, you know, just do it and don&#8217;t feel bad about it.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>15:29</p>



<p>Yeah, absolutely. I mean, I will add to that, if you&#8217;re hoping to get published, like you do, need to actually learn how to finish</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>15:36</p>



<p>projects, that&#8217;s that&#8217;s true, but if you&#8217;re not just</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>15:39</p>



<p>there for the fun of it, like, do what&#8217;s fun and do the fun parts and enjoy that. And don&#8217;t let anyone like, pressure you into feeling like, oh, well, I should be moving on, or I should be this. Like, it depends on your goal, and if your goal is to hang out and have fun and tell a good story, then do it.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>15:56</p>



<p>So if someone does find that, let&#8217;s say it&#8217;s a networking event or a conference when there&#8217;s multiple people, and it&#8217;s not necessarily like the write in thing. How would you recommend someone set themselves up for success instead of, you know, not actually meeting anybody because they&#8217;re too scared or something like that.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>16:20</p>



<p>Like, I know everyone kind of talks down on small talk, but like, it is how we build connections with people. You know, that little moment of like, hey, it was raining. Yeah, it was raining. This was my experience with the rain. This is my experience with the rain on the way here. Like, you&#8217;ve built a little spark of connection. And, you know, asking people where are you from, or how long have you been writing, or things like that, like all of those little small talk questions, build, build these little sparks of connection, and you can build off that. So in the book, I have a whole list of like potential questions that and like conversation starters for writers, and they&#8217;re everything from, like, you know, how long have you been writing? What have you been working on? What? What genre do you like to read? You know, what&#8217;s the most interesting thing that you&#8217;ve read recently? You know, because we&#8217;re all reading</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>17:11</p>



<p>stuff ideally,</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>17:14</p>



<p>yeah, and so I like kind of coming prepared with a few of those set questions, and it doesn&#8217;t matter if you ask them awkwardly, like the point is getting a conversation started. And the other big thing to remember is that, especially if you&#8217;re at a writer event, probably everybody is awkward and shy and doesn&#8217;t know how to talk to other people. So if you can develop the skill and that little bit of courage to be the first person that says, hey, I&#8217;m Jesse. Do you mind if I sit here? What do you write? Is this your first time at this conference? Like you will be a hero to some people who just, like wanted to talk but didn&#8217;t know how to meet somebody. I mean, and I&#8217;ve heard that from many people who are especially when I was early on, and I was like, okay, just go talk. Just go talk. And, like, I was terrified, and somebody&#8217;s like, Oh, thank you for coming over and saying hi.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>18:06</p>



<p>Like, I didn&#8217;t know what to do. Yeah, do you I mean, I imagine it&#8217;s different every time, depending on the circumstance, but do you kind of have a favorite go to question?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>18:18</p>



<p>I think so. If I&#8217;m at like, a an event. I always like to ask, like, Have you been to this event before? Especially if it&#8217;s like, my first time, then I can go, you know, oh, you&#8217;re you&#8217;ve been here a few times. All right, what can I expect? You know, you can get some knowledge that way. So that&#8217;s, I think, a favorite of mine. I really hate talking about what we&#8217;re working on. Like, I hate it when somebody asks me what I&#8217;m writing, because,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>18:44</p>



<p>yeah, it&#8217;s like asking someone. It&#8217;s like asking someone what they do for work and then finding out they&#8217;re unemployed.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>18:50</p>



<p>Yeah, I don&#8217;t want to be like, Oh, I haven&#8217;t written in a week. Or, like, here, or ask somebody and then suddenly, like, four hours later, you&#8217;ve gotten a detailed version. Don&#8217;t do this big caveat if something, if you&#8217;re talking about what you&#8217;re working on, please do not outline your entire novel to</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>19:07</p>



<p>somebody Yeah, you mentioned having the actual, like, elevator pitch for your work in progress, even just you know, like limiting it to a certain span of time and being ready to talk about it. And as someone who you know needs scripts in general. Like, that&#8217;s a brilliant idea.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>19:24</p>



<p>Oh, yeah, yeah. I mean, I can, like, at this point, I&#8217;ve, I have trained myself into some level of extroversion that Jesse from 10 years ago would not recognize. So, like, I can hold a conversation, no problem. But the instant you&#8217;re like, Oh, you write. What do you write? Just like, blank, blank, blank, blank. So I have a script.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>19:45</p>



<p>I have a list of, like, my favorite books in my notes app, just because it&#8217;s like, I&#8217;ve never read a book in my life. If someone asked me what my</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>19:51</p>



<p>favorite, that&#8217;s a good idea. I should do that. Yeah, because I&#8217;m always like, I don&#8217;t I don&#8217;t remember what I was reading last night. I.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>20:00</p>



<p>Like, I haven&#8217;t actually read that many books. Meanwhile, yes, I have. There&#8217;s an element, you know, you can&#8217;t overdo this, obviously. And I think that&#8217;s why I&#8217;m asking the question, like, there is self promotion involved sometimes when you&#8217;re networking, and how would people go about that in a way that isn&#8217;t tacky.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>20:21</p>



<p>So I think it&#8217;s important to know, like, where, where you&#8217;re at, and what the purpose of the event is. If it is a making friends event, like you&#8217;re not, you&#8217;re not there to sell your book to readers, so like, talk to people about what you&#8217;re working on. Often people will be like, Oh, that sounds great. Do you have a link to your website or whatever, in which case it&#8217;s nice to have like a QR code on your phone in your favorite photos or whatever, or a business card or something you can hand out. But most kind of writery events, they&#8217;re really there to make connections with the other people. So if somebody asks, give them a link to your book. Otherwise, just, you know, don&#8217;t make it easy. Take Daisy, take a seat on any sort of self promotion.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>21:07</p>



<p>For sure, one thing I felt, in terms of like networking, one thing I felt kind of called out on, and in a good way, is like, if you go with friends, don&#8217;t just talk to your friends the whole time, because that&#8217;s like, one of my hugest like inclinations is just like, I know that person, I&#8217;m going to go talk to go talk to them the entire event, and then, you know, you&#8217;re not meeting new people.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>21:26</p>



<p>So, yeah, that is, I would say, one of the biggest kind of misses I see with people who are, you know, oh, I went there and I didn&#8217;t really meet anybody. It&#8217;s like, Well, did you? Did you spend the entire time with Sarah?</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>21:39</p>



<p>Yeah, exactly. It&#8217;s like I had a great time, but, you know, I also had them to my house last week, yeah, yeah, yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>21:47</p>



<p>So I think there, there needs to be a balance, because, you know, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s safe to go talk to the person you know. And there are definitely times like I went to a conference like author nation, which is, like, the big author, indie author conference, and it happens every year in Las Vegas, and there are people I only see at that conference. So yeah, I am going to spend a lot of time having dinner and coffees and talking to my friends. But I also was like, All right, I&#8217;ve been talking to Blaine too long. I need to go talk to somebody. I need that person standing over there. Looks interesting. I need to go meet a new person. So I think the way to combat that is to to know that going in that, okay, I&#8217;m going to meet X new people today and talk to your friends about it and say, Okay, we&#8217;re going to this event together, but one of my big goals is to meet new people, so let&#8217;s split up and then meet back together in 20 minutes, and hopefully one of us can bring a friend back to join our little group, or, you know, something like that, make it a little bit of a game and get the other person involved. That actually sounds really fun, yeah. Got it like doubling your networking,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>22:55</p>



<p>yeah, and then it&#8217;s more of a community experience, rather than just like the one to one, yeah, yeah, exactly. So if you are meeting all of these people at an event successfully, how do you make sure that you stay in touch afterward? If you want to, of course,</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>23:11</p>



<p>yeah, that is, I&#8217;m like, not great at that, necessarily. I would say, like, have maybe the social media platform that you normally use. So for me, it&#8217;s Instagram, because that&#8217;s just where I like to be. So I&#8217;ll be like, you know, oh, are you on Instagram? Great. I&#8217;ll add you here, and therefore, I&#8217;m at least kind of seeing you. If there was something specific that I wanted to follow up with them on I will definitely. I&#8217;ll make myself a little note, like email that person, you know that book recommendation that I couldn&#8217;t remember because I haven&#8217;t</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>23:43</p>



<p>ever read a book in my life.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>23:46</p>



<p>When I wake up at 3am I&#8217;ll email you what I remembered. So I always have a little either a notepad or a Notes app on my phone where I just kind of keep a running list of like, oh, I needed to follow up with this person about that. And then so in like a professional networking context, I actually do have, like a networking tracker spreadsheet where I add people in, and can kind of go back and be like, who was that person I met, who ran that nonprofit for consumer packaged goods business owners?</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>24:18</p>



<p>You know, right? Yeah, that&#8217;s the that&#8217;s the thought leader sort of element of things. Yes, that&#8217;s the thought leader constellation.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>24:25</p>



<p>Yeah, but I don&#8217;t think you need to go that hardcore. Like, if somebody seemed cool, definitely keep in touch. If they&#8217;re local, like, grab coffee or do a virtual coffee. I think that&#8217;s one of the biggest missed opportunities that I see people who maybe go to a conference and are like, oh, man, that person seems cool and I&#8217;ll never see them again. It&#8217;s like, we have zoom, yeah, yeah, set up a coffee date.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>24:53</p>



<p>And honestly, I like virtual coffees. Maybe it&#8217;s because, like, I&#8217;m comfortable podcasting, but like, I you know, if. Someone asked me on LinkedIn, and we&#8217;re in the same field, and they just want to chat like, I love it. It&#8217;s nice to meet new people sometimes, or, you know, to go back and catch up with old people. I mean, I&#8217;m still comfortable with it after the pandemic. I don&#8217;t know if other people continue to be, but I think it&#8217;s probably easier for a lot of</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>25:16</p>



<p>us at this point. And it&#8217;s, I mean, it&#8217;s an easier ask, you know, if it&#8217;s like, Hey, do you want to do a 30 minute coffee date on zoom at 2pm on Thursday or whatever? Like, that&#8217;s 30 minutes of your time, as opposed to, all right, I have to drive to the place, or bike to the place and find the parking and, like, have the coffee date, which is probably going to be 90 minutes because it&#8217;s in person instead of, you know, and so it&#8217;s way easier to schedule. Like, if somebody pings me to like, Hey, can we do a 30 minute zoom call? We can schedule that all day long. But if you&#8217;re like, Can we meet for coffee this week? I&#8217;m like,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>25:49</p>



<p>that&#8217;s like, I don&#8217;t know, gonna be my whole afternoon? Yeah, exactly. So I think people</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>25:55</p>



<p>don&#8217;t realize how small an ask that really is, yeah, yeah. And probably the other person wants to keep in touch too, and if they don&#8217;t trust that, they will politely say No, and that&#8217;s okay, I think that&#8217;s the other part. Is we are afraid to ask for things because we don&#8217;t want to be a bother. And this is something I have had to learn, like I have to trust in the other person, and I have to trust that if they don&#8217;t want to have coffee with me, they will tell me. They will tell me no, because I can&#8217;t, I can&#8217;t make that decision for them. And if they don&#8217;t have good boundaries, like they need to figure that out for themselves, and that&#8217;s actually not my fault.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>26:32</p>



<p>No, yeah, exactly. And also, I mean, I think that it&#8217;s important that we trust ourselves to say no if we need to Yes. And you do get into some of the trickier, like social, you know, beyond meeting someone, just having a relationship, friendship, professional relationship with people in your writing constellation, and you deal with some of that stuff that I think people don&#8217;t really talk about that much. And one of my favorites was how to kind of negotiate giving and getting feedback from people who are also, you know, you consider a friend, because if someone doesn&#8217;t like your stuff, or if you don&#8217;t like someone else&#8217;s stuff, that can be really awkward.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>27:16</p>



<p>Yes, yeah, it really can be. I, I have a I just don&#8217;t read, like, beta read for people anymore, because it&#8217;s a lot of energy. And if it&#8217;s not good, then it&#8217;s so hard,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>27:31</p>



<p>this weird resentment that comes up, and then you like, kind of hate yourself for it.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>27:35</p>



<p>Yeah, exactly. I&#8217;m like, Why did I say yes? So, you know, I have a in terms of, you know, trusting myself and my boundaries. I just have a role where, if somebody&#8217;s like, if I could just send you that, I&#8217;m like, No, I don&#8217;t do that. I don&#8217;t consult that way. I don&#8217;t beta read that way. But I think so if, if you are considering doing beta reading with people, or like, you know, sharing your work, do a trial run, like, do a short story. Start with a short story. Don&#8217;t say, hey, let&#8217;s trade novels. And then you get the first chapter of their novel, and you&#8217;re like, oh, no, what am I in for? Do a trial run with short stories? Because a and it&#8217;s not just that their writing might not be great. It&#8217;s like, it might not be your genre. Yeah, you know, if somebody gives me a romance to read, I just, I don&#8217;t read enough of them to know if you&#8217;re hitting the trips, right? Like, if you give me a cozy mystery, I&#8217;m gonna be like, I mean, this is pretty good, but, like, Where was the stabby bits? Like, yeah, you&#8217;re</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>28:33</p>



<p>like, why I know? And they&#8217;re</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>28:35</p>



<p>like, well, that&#8217;s the point. Oh, okay. So I think it&#8217;s really important to know what you are good at giving feedback on and if you and to be able to bow out and be like, hey, that&#8217;s, I don&#8217;t know enough about that genre. Like I could tell you if it was a fun read, but I&#8217;m not going to be able to hit the certain</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>28:56</p>



<p>tropes or whatever. Yeah, yeah. You&#8217;re, you&#8217;re not the go to person for that one. Yeah. But regardless of whether you&#8217;re in the same genre or not, you might recommend sort of keeping your friendships and your like beta reading type stuff separate in general. Or is that just a rule you&#8217;ve created for yourself? It&#8217;s a rule</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>29:13</p>



<p>I&#8217;ve created my for myself. I think, like, you&#8217;ve mentioned your critique group a couple times, and so I, I think, like, finding that group of people that you can work with on a regular basis is probably the most helpful thing you can do. Um, and that&#8217;s like, I don&#8217;t know, would you share a little bit about how you came across your critique group and how you guys have gotten involved, because that&#8217;s something that I have done in the past, but don&#8217;t have really any</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>29:40</p>



<p>there is a person who one of the one person is just a really good connector and like, good at telling people who might be able to get along together. We actually started hanging out, watching movies in genres we liked. And then someone was like, hey, you know, I&#8217;ve. Looking for a critique group, and then we kind of formed it that way. And I don&#8217;t know if that&#8217;s ideal, but we but it has been nice. And I think it was just we got lucky to find people who are gracious in that way. But I have been in critique groups in the past where it was just not cohesive so much. And I think that&#8217;s more likely if I go into a place sight unseen, with people I don&#8217;t know, but I know that that&#8217;s unavoidable. In some cases, it&#8217;s not so much a I&#8217;m going to hand them my entire book and have them beta read. For me, I think it&#8217;s more of a kind of mutual support. And then, you know, excerpts and short stories and stuff like that, which I feel is a little different than asking someone to read your entire book.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>30:45</p>



<p>Yeah, and like, in terms of asking somebody to read your entire book, I thought is some definitely something I have done, and have have occasionally done for other people, but when in those situations, this just kind of popped into my mind, and I wanted to share it like I gave a book to a friend who he read maybe about a third of it, and he was like, you know, I&#8217;m hitting a lawn on a lot of the same notes that you&#8217;re going to have to fix, that I assume are going to continue on and like. So here&#8217;s my feedback for the first third, I didn&#8217;t continue on. And I was not offended in the slightest. I was just like, Thanks for protecting your time. It certainly, you know, if you wanted to get to the end and you read the whole thing, awesome, but like, you read enough to give me some good feedback on these notes, I didn&#8217;t particularly need, like, I hadn&#8217;t asked him, like, I need to know how this ending lands. So I think, you know, just in terms of graciously giving and receiving feedback, like, it&#8217;s okay to bow out if you&#8217;re like, you know, this actually wasn&#8217;t for me. Here&#8217;s what I was able to talk about, you know, things like I could share. So there&#8217;s think about that, I guess.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>31:58</p>



<p>Do you have any sort of best practices for being gracious about giving and receiving feedback.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>32:07</p>



<p>It&#8217;s so hard and like I&#8217;m a little skewed right now, because my husband has been my beta reader for the last few years, five, six years, and he&#8217;s has been terrible at giving me, like, feedback. Like, I mean, I It&#8217;s like, crying, you know, he&#8217;s like, All right, we&#8217;re gonna go cry about your novel this weekend. Like, and it&#8217;s been, I mean, the novels are so much better because of it. Like, we&#8217;ve, we have figured out how to, how to do this together, but so part of me is just like, I don&#8217;t know, just give me the brutal thing and I&#8217;ll because I&#8217;m used to it.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>32:44</p>



<p>So sometimes, sometimes, if you have that kind of relationship, it can be brutal, but other times, you need to be more tactful.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>32:51</p>



<p>Yes, and I think the way to be more tactful that my husband could learn is to be like, this works for me or doesn&#8217;t work for me, as opposed to, like, you did this wrong? Yeah, exactly. He&#8217;ll literally sometimes write in the margin, like, better. Just like, make this better. Of like, Thanks, babe, that&#8217;s helpful.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>33:10</p>



<p>Oh, good, yeah. Don&#8217;t just don&#8217;t be like this.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>33:15</p>



<p>So maybe like noting patterns. You&#8217;re like, Okay, I&#8217;ve noticed this pattern in your writing that I think could be strengthened, noting what worked for you, what didn&#8217;t work for you. You know, this lost my attention, as opposed to this part was boring, you know, I wasn&#8217;t sure what was going on in this section as opposed to this chapter. Was really confusing. So really focusing on your experience as the reader, I think, is the way to soften a lot of those, those criticisms,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>33:47</p>



<p>yeah, an I message rather than a you message. Yeah, exactly. Well, and so I know that you&#8217;ve given a lot of good advice on like how to get started finding places how to start a conversation once you get there. But like, Do you have any sort of, like, words of wisdom to encourage people to stay in the game and continue to try to meet people, even if maybe the first group they go with is kind of, or they just don&#8217;t feel like they&#8217;re in the groove of it, like, how do you how do you stay in there, get back on the horse?</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>34:26</p>



<p>I think just knowing that your particular brand of weirdo is out there and they are looking for you, like, we&#8217;re all, I mean, I think we&#8217;ve probably all had this moment, I hope. And if I if you haven&#8217;t, then I hope you have it soon where you meet somebody and you&#8217;re just like, Where have you been? You&#8217;re awesome. Like, I can&#8217;t wait to hang out with you more. Like, you just click. Like, we laugh at the same jokes. We have the same sense of humor. We organize our silverware drawer the same way, or whatever. That&#8217;s a specific reference. One of my good friends from college, we the first time I, like, went over to her place. And I was gonna make we were cooking together, and I was like, oh my god, your kitchen is organized exactly like my kitchen. We were both like, well, we just organized it like our moms did. Like, did our moms know each other? Like, it was just this weird point of connection</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>35:14</p>



<p>anyways, yeah, yeah. That&#8217;s not one that you hear about every day, yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>35:18</p>



<p>So that&#8217;s my my words of wisdom. If you have not found that person yet, they&#8217;re out there and they are waiting to meet you. And so there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s just, it&#8217;s a huge, huge world of writers. We&#8217;re very lucky to live in Portland, where there&#8217;s a huge community. But if you live in a place where there aren&#8217;t as many writers. There&#8217;s online, you know, there&#8217;s discords and slack groups and all sorts of, you know, forums that you can start to connect with people in social media and then maybe get invited into this forum. Or, you know, there are ways of finding people online. There&#8217;s online write ins, online writing workshops and online. What&#8217;s the word? Conferences, different conferences where, you know, they might have, like, a mixer event, where you can actually zoom with people and get a chance to talk with them really briefly, or you can, you know, be chatting in the comments of a call.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>36:19</p>



<p>Yeah, no, there is that big online element, like, I have an entire part of my constellation with people that I have never met in person, and they&#8217;re honestly that&#8217;s that&#8217;s been one of the most helpful, like cheerleading sections that I&#8217;ve ever had, which I think is completely necessary, even if you know you need The intense feedback and, like, the brutally honest feedback. But I think you also need people to be like, Yay, you&#8217;re going on the right direction. Like, we like what you&#8217;re doing, and that&#8217;s lovely.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>36:50</p>



<p>Yeah, you definitely do. I mean, I having a writer group chat, yeah, it&#8217;s so great, because you&#8217;d be like, Ah, today is frustrating. And they&#8217;re like, you&#8217;ve got it girl. And then, you know, you&#8217;re like, I had this really frustrating experience with an agent or whatever, and you can complain about it in the writer chat, and it stays there. Hopefully there&#8217;s been some that are like, you know, people are leaking, like, Oh, she said this.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>37:14</p>



<p>And that&#8217;s, there&#8217;s that whole chat the kidney story from a few years ago comes to mind. Yeah, exactly, exactly. Make sure you trust people. But yeah, be a trustworthy person and find other trustworthy people when you can exactly. This is lovely. Is there anything just maybe not related to this book, but is there anything out there in the writerly world that you&#8217;re excited about right now, there&#8217;s</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>37:41</p>



<p>such a proliferation of these little conferences lately, that&#8217;s probably the thing, and obviously still kind of related to this topic, but that&#8217;s the thing that I&#8217;m kind of most excited about. You know, some of my favorite indie educator people like Becca Syme and Claire Taylor, like they&#8217;re running their own little mini conferences and mini summits. And you&#8217;re just like, oh, this is so cool that people are creating these containers for communities to gather. And they&#8217;re just there are so many of them on so many topics. And whatever you write, whatever your sub genre, whatever non fiction, fiction, whatever your goals are, like, there&#8217;s probably a little conference even maybe near you or in your like, corner of the world.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>38:28</p>



<p>So I was not aware that sounds wonderful.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>38:31</p>



<p>Oh yeah. I mean, like I was saying the Southwest Washington Writers Association Conference is just like, I didn&#8217;t even know there was a that association. Like there&#8217;s that&#8217;s maybe another thing that we haven&#8217;t mentioned is there&#8217;s a bunch of different associations and organizations. Like, as I&#8217;ve gotten into thrillers, I&#8217;ve joined Sisters in Crime, and the chapter I joined has, like, virtual meetings once a month and little write ins. And they&#8217;re a very fun, active chapter. So you can probably find an association, even if you&#8217;re not published, that that you could kind of plug yourself into and see if you can meet people who would join your constellation. Awesome.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>39:14</p>



<p>Well, speaking of plugs, where can people find you? Any newsletters? Where can they find your book? Just lay it on us.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>39:24</p>



<p>Yeah, so my hub on the internet is Jesse quack.com it&#8217;s J, E, S, S, I, E, K, W, A, K, and I also, I have a weekly newsletter that I send out that&#8217;s called the story rebel digest. And it&#8217;s basically, it&#8217;s, it is aimed more toward like storytelling in business and marketing, and like nonfiction books and just kind of the trends I&#8217;m seeing there and interesting things to be thinking about. And there&#8217;s always, like a deep dive article that I write, and it&#8217;s about whatever, storytelling in business and marketing. So that&#8217;s that&#8217;s fun, if people are interested in. Yeah, come find that you you can link to it through jessica.com I also have story hyphen rebel.com that where I write my articles.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>40:09</p>



<p>Okay, yeah, no, I&#8217;ve been enjoying your newsletter quite a lot. Oh, thank you good one. Yeah, all right. Well, anything else you want to</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>40:18</p>



<p>say, no, just thank you so much for having me on. And I really hope this inspires people to get out and meet another writer. I think so.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>40:26</p>



<p>I think it will. I&#8217;m confident. It&#8217;s like I&#8217;m even I who do know writers already, it just makes me want to meet more. Thank you so much for coming back. It was lovely to speak with you and hope to see you soon.</p>



<p><strong>Jessie Kwak&nbsp; </strong>40:40</p>



<p>Yeah. Thank you so much.</p>
</details>



<p></p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak/">Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-85-forming-strong-writing-support-networks-with-jessie-kwak/">Episode 85: Forming Strong Writing Support Networks with Jessie Kwak</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4846</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 04 Dec 2025 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid publishing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[indie publishing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[traditional publishing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4836</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This episode’s guest is David Morris of Lake Drive Books. In today’s interview, David tells us more about Lake Drive’s mission, publishing practices, and unconventional financial model. David also offers his takes on how to determine what works for you when it comes to choosing a publishing path and gives some platform-building insights for authors. ... <a title="Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris/">Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris/">Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/2efcf6bb-4cff-4a76-884e-bc72d3339bad/"></iframe></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">This episode’s guest is David Morris of Lake Drive Books.</h2>



<p>In today’s interview, David tells us more about Lake Drive’s mission, publishing practices, and unconventional financial model. David also offers his takes on how to determine what works for you when it comes to choosing a publishing path and gives some platform-building insights for authors.</p>



<p>Hybrid publishing has a bit of a nebulous definition at the moment, but as authors are becoming more disenchanted with traditional publishing <em>and </em>discovering how grueling self publishing can be, they’re becoming more relevant.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Since it’s been the standard for such a long time, people are used to the traditional publishing model. They expect that:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Publishers pay for everything</li>



<li>Authors get advances and royalties</li>



<li>Publishers take care of book promotion and marketing</li>
</ol>



<p>But here’s a few problems (among others):</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The “everything” that publishers pay for has a big asterisk attached to it, even in trad</li>



<li>Advances and royalties are more underwhelming than ever (or maybe “less whelming”?)</li>



<li>Book promotion and marketing mostly falls on the author now (see point 1)</li>
</ol>



<p>I’ve seen a lot of talk about hybrid publishing being predatory and no different from vanity presses, and in some cases…sure. But when you don’t have a major corporation paying all the up front costs, there are some practicalities to consider. Namely, who’s going to pay for all these professionals to do the work of making a book?</p>



<p>If you listened to the show before, hopefully you’ve gotten the message of how hard ghostwriters, editors, designers, marketers, and other publishing professionals work to create the best book possible. And that work needs to be compensated. But, authors, obviously, should get the best deal possible for their work, too.</p>



<p>So where does that leave us?</p>



<p>How do we bring books into the world while making sure it’s fair to everyone, especially when everyone who isn’t a CEO of a major corporation has such a tight budget? And how do you, as an author, know the money and effort you spend on the publishing side is going to get you to your goal?</p>



<p>The Independent Book Publisher’s Association (or IBPA) has tried to set up some standards for hybrid presses in the last several years. At last look, these are what the IBPA says a good hybrid publisher should do:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Define a mission and vision for its publishing program.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Vet submissions.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Commit to truth and transparency in business practices.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Provide a negotiable, easy-to-understand contract for each book published.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Publish under its own imprint(s) and ISBNs.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Publish to industry standards.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Ensure editorial, design, and production quality. </strong></li>



<li><strong>Pursue and manage a range of publishing rights. </strong></li>



<li><strong>Provide distribution services.</strong></li>



<li><strong>Demonstrate respectable sales.</strong></li>



<li><strong> Pay authors a higher-than-standard royalty. </strong></li>
</ol>



<p>As you may have noticed, there’s considerable wiggle room in there for these definitions (for example, you as the author are responsible for deciding how to define things like “respectable sales”). And the definitions are constantly evolving. So, that’s a big part of what we’ll be looking at in this and upcoming episodes.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Guest Bio: David Morris</h3>



<p>David Morris is the founder and publisher of Lake Drive Books. David has thirty years of experience in editing, marketing, and corporate leadership with major publishing brands like HarperCollins/Zondervan, where he served as vice-president and publisher and worked on numerous bestsellers. His sole focus is working with spiritually progressive and personal growth authors, leveraging his experience to help them achieve publishing success. David is also a literary agent at Hyponymous Literary, co-host of the Publishing Disrupted podcast, an author, and holds a doctorate in psychology and religion.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Lake Drive Books</h3>



<p>Lake Drive Books’s vision is to serve authors and readers who want to break the mold and ask honest questions about religion, spirituality, and personal growth. These books aim to help readers understand the past and move forward in a life where they can be real and feel seen.<br></p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-1 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<script src=https://bookshop.org/widgets.js data-type="book" data-affiliate-id="1023" data-sku="9781957687001"></script>
</div>



<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<script src=https://bookshop.org/widgets.js data-type="book" data-affiliate-id="1023" data-sku="9781957687599"></script>
</div>
</div>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-2 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<script src=https://bookshop.org/widgets.js data-type="book" data-affiliate-id="1023" data-sku="9781957687629"></script>
</div>



<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<script src=https://bookshop.org/widgets.js data-type="book" data-affiliate-id="1023" data-sku="9781957687681"></script>
</div>
</div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links of Note</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://plottr.com/?ref=HPS">Affiliate link for a free Plottr 30-day trial</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bookshop.org/shop/hybridpubscout">HPS’s Bookshop.org shop</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.ibpa-online.org/page/hybridpublisher">IBPA’s Hybrid Publishing Criteria</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.lakedrivebooks.com/">Lake Drive Books’ website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hyponymous.com/">Hyponymous Literary</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/publishing-disrupted/id1811616023">Publishing Disrupted Podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript Below</h2>



<details class="wp-block-details is-layout-flow wp-block-details-is-layout-flow"><summary>Click here to reveal episode transcript text.</summary>
<p>Emily Einolander 0:21<br>Welcome to the hybrid pub Scout podcast helping you navigate the publishing landscape. I&#8217;m M Einolander, and I explore resources and services so authors can be successful and safe as they pursue publishing. Fun fact, when I first started this podcast, I quickly realized that the actual name was a little bit not what I meant. I had set out to talk to publishing professionals and writers about their experiences working with traditional and indie publishing, especially people who had done both what I quickly and too late realized was that when people hear hybrid a lot of them think of hybrid presses. Well, good news for me. Since I went on hiatus, hybrid publishing has proliferated, and there&#8217;s a lot more to explore. Seven years later, I&#8217;ve finally aligned more with the name of my business. I&#8217;m sure some would say there&#8217;s something cosmic about that, but maybe hybrid publishing has a bit of a nebulous definition at the moment, but as authors are becoming more disenchanted with traditional publishing and discovering how grueling self publishing can be, they&#8217;re becoming more relevant. Since it&#8217;s been the standard for such a long time. People are used to the traditional publishing model. They expect that one publishers pay for everything. Two authors get advances in royalties, three publishers take care of book promotion and marketing, but there&#8217;s a few problems with that. Number one, the everything that publishers pay for has a big asterisk attached to it. Two, advances in royalties are more underwhelming than ever. And three, book promotion and marketing mostly falls on the author. Now, regardless of how they&#8217;re publishing, I&#8217;ve seen a lot of talk about hybrid publishing being predatory under every circumstances, and I want to push back on that, even though in some cases they are predatory. But when you don&#8217;t have a major corporation paying all the upfront costs, there are some practicalities to consider, namely, who is going to pay for all these professionals to do the work of making a book? If you listened to the show before, hopefully you&#8217;ve gotten the message of how hard ghost writers, editors, designers, marketers and other publishing professionals work to create the best book possible, and that work needs to be compensated, and authors obviously should get the best deal possible for their work too. So where does that leave us? How do we bring books into the world while making sure it&#8217;s fair to everyone, especially when everyone who isn&#8217;t a CEO of a major corporation has such a tight budget? And how do you as an author, know the money and effort you spend on the publishing side is going to get you to your goal. The Independent book Publishers Association, or ibpa, has tried to set up some standards for hybrid presses in the last several years at last look. These are what they say a good hybrid publisher should do, and I&#8217;m just going to run through the list, rather than read every single part of it. I&#8217;ll include the link in the show notes, so you can go check out what they have there yourself. And maybe it&#8217;s changed since I looked who knows. Number one, define a mission and vision for its publishing program. Two, vet submissions. Three, commit to truth and transparency in business practices. Four, provide a negotiable, easy to understand contract for each book published. Five, publish under its own imprint and ISBNs. Six, publish to industry standards. Seven, ensure editorial design and production quality. Eight, pursue and manage a range of publishing rights. Nine, provide distribution services. 10, demonstrate respectable sales and 11, pay authors a higher than standard royalty. As you may have noticed, there&#8217;s considerable wiggle room in there for these definitions. For example, you as the author are responsible for deciding how to define things like respectable sales, and the definitions are constantly evolving. So that&#8217;s a big part of what we&#8217;ll be looking at in this and upcoming episodes. In today&#8217;s interview, I&#8217;m talking with David Morris, founder and publisher of like drive books, a conventional publishing company with an unconventional financial model, full disclosure, in case it isn&#8217;t obvious, I do work with like drive in a managing editor position, and I&#8217;m having a pretty good time, too. David has 30 years of experience in editing, marketing and corporate leadership with major publishing brands like HarperCollins, sondern. In where he served as vice president and publisher and worked on numerous best sellers. His sole focus is working with spiritually progressive and personal growth authors, leveraging his experience to help them achieve publishing success. David is also a literary agent at hyponomist literary co host of the publishing disrupted podcast an author and holds a doctorate in psychology and religion. Lake Drive books vision is to serve authors and readers who want to break the mold and ask honest questions about religion, spirituality and personal growth. These books aim to help readers understand the past and move forward in a life where they can be real and feel seen. We&#8217;ll get more details on Lake drive&#8217;s mission and model. David also offers takes on how to determine what works for you when it comes to choosing a publishing path, and gives some platform building insights for authors.</p>



<p>David Morris 5:54<br>And here we go. Hi, Emily.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 5:58<br>Thanks for coming and talking with me. Yeah, thanks for inviting me. David and I work together at David&#8217;s press Lake, drive books. And would you tell us a little bit about that, please?</p>



<p>David Morris 6:13<br>Well, you&#8217;re a really great worker. I know, I know, I know. I knew you meant talk about, like, drive books, but you, technically, from an editor&#8217;s point of view, the logic of your paragraph there meant you were referring to our working relationship. So I wanted to comment on that.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 6:34<br>Well, yeah, okay, yeah, I totally meant to do that. That was on purpose.</p>



<p>David Morris 6:38<br>Anybody out there is listening hire Emily without a doubt. You know when you get those, when you&#8217;re when you&#8217;re a boss, you former employees will they apply to other jobs and you, I&#8217;m maybe it says good things about me, but I get used as a reference. And they always ask you, or they will often ask you, would you rehire this person? And I would absolutely say yes, I am honored if you ever, if you ever left and needed to come back or whatever. But okay, anyway, yeah, so there&#8217;s, there are, I&#8217;m already plugging you. You don&#8217;t have to plug me.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 7:11<br>You&#8217;re here. Nope, I just got here. Well, I mean, I wouldn&#8217;t, I wouldn&#8217;t have, I mean, we met when I walked up to you and said, What do you do? And like, this looks cool.</p>



<p>David Morris 7:20<br>So, yeah, at a conference, yeah, well, okay, so answering your question, yeah, I mean, you&#8217;re, you&#8217;re the, you&#8217;re the production. I&#8217;m sorry, managing editor, managing editor. Sorry for, for Lake Drive books. We&#8217;re a small, independent publishing company. We use the hybrid model, as you know. But what I like the my my favorite definition of that is it&#8217;s conventional publishing with an unconventional financial model. Because I think a lot of people don&#8217;t realize just how much they&#8217;re used to a certain financial model in book publishing and and it&#8217;s as if that&#8217;s the only model that is reputable, and I think that&#8217;s what&#8217;s changed so much in recent years. But we&#8217;re going to get into that. I mean, Lake Drive books. I started it when I exited the corporate publishing world after being in it for many, many years, and I wanted to do my own kind of books. I&#8217;ve always been really fascinated with how we identify who we are, how culturally, spiritually, Faith wise. I&#8217;ve always been very interested in people who are struggling with figuring that out for one reason or another. And there are a lot of reasons, and there&#8217;s a lot of change going on, and people need more authors helping them write this stuff out, put words to it. So like, where are we going? What? What is it that we call spiritual in our lives to come? Not, I don&#8217;t mean that in, like, the the great beyond life to come, but no, our lives right now is what I&#8217;m talking about, and that&#8217;s the kind of spirituality we need to be talking about more so. So yeah, and it&#8217;s not strictly religious. It&#8217;s, it&#8217;s very much with a self help bent. I have a psychology background, and I, you know, at least academically, and I think that&#8217;s really the new spirituality in many ways, we just haven&#8217;t called it that, which is also a whole sort of philosophical discussion about how we name religion and spirituality and psychology. It&#8217;s a whole philosophical discussion about what, what is, what when you&#8217;re talking about those things. So we do, we do memoir. We&#8217;ve done a lot of memoir because, you know, we&#8217;re trying to tell stories that are gritty, that are on the margins, and storytelling is a great way to affect change in attitudes and mindsets. Sharing the experiences we have a few we have a few queer stories, and one of my favorite lines about them is you might know. Someone who&#8217;s gay or trans or intersex, but have you ever really heard their story from their point of view? And I think, I think that a lot of us haven&#8217;t, and I certainly have friends in most of those categories. And I had no idea once I started reading these books what I learned, just the just the difficulty, you know, just the sheer emotional difficulty that goes on. But there&#8217;s things like that. There&#8217;s also just people who are, you know, struggling with Christianity, or there&#8217;s a book about not denying our emotions like grief, which is something we&#8217;re trained to do in many religious cultures. We&#8217;re supposed to just be happy that, you know, we have our faith, and that doesn&#8217;t always help in real life, emotional circumstances. And I&#8217;m really thrilled about a book like that, because that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s up my alley, for sure. Got a book on spiritual abuse, got a book on sexual abuse and clergy sex abuse. It&#8217;s all the real light topics,</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 11:05<br>yeah, all of those things that are very easy to process, you know, digestible books here, yeah?</p>



<p>David Morris 11:12<br>But it&#8217;s been it&#8217;s been fun. It&#8217;s been some of the hardest work I&#8217;ve ever done in my entire professional career, the learning curve in the last few years for someone who&#8217;s in his probably last third of his professional life, I&#8217;ve had the hardest learning curve of my professional life and my final third and but also it&#8217;s been, without question, the most gratifying work I&#8217;ve ever done in publishing. I&#8217;m so much because it&#8217;s grassroots, and I&#8217;m doing all kinds wearing all kinds of hats. In in the business, I&#8217;m much closer to the authors. I mean, when you&#8217;re an editor, you&#8217;re closer to an author. When you&#8217;re when you&#8217;re marketer, you&#8217;re closer to the author. My last job, I was publisher, and I wasn&#8217;t as close to the authors, but now I&#8217;m all those things, and it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s just a delight. I was talking to an author the other day, and I&#8217;ve said this more than once where, like, another author was talking to me, and she said, You know, I haven&#8217;t talked to you in a while. I miss you. We used to talk so much when we were working on the book. I was like, oh, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s very nice. Thank you. And I miss them too. I miss them too. It&#8217;s fun to become a part of someone&#8217;s life for a while and there, and for them to become part of my life for a while and but also it&#8217;s gratifying, mainly because of the kind of work we&#8217;re doing. You know, we&#8217;re publishing stories that wouldn&#8217;t otherwise get told, partly because of cultural norms being what they are, and just the the great crush of media in our in our marketplace today, not having much room for alternative voices unless, you know, just, just in terms of the mainstream and the economics of it, so that that that&#8217;s very, very gratifying to be telling some of those stories. It&#8217;s also, you know, I have, I&#8217;m a I&#8217;m a PhD in religion and psychology and society, and I and I want to affect. I want to try to be an agent of change with with what I&#8217;ve learned and what I know about how the world works, and I feel like the books I&#8217;m doing, instead of kind of living in the ivory tower, I&#8217;m actually on the street. I&#8217;m actually doing stuff that is making a difference in that way, not that I&#8217;m trying to, you know, put put off academic the value of academic contribution, scholarly contribution. But especially in religious studies, though there&#8217;s a lot of scholarly contribution that goes on, it&#8217;s not really helping, and I don&#8217;t. And those who are helping, you know who you are, but those who aren&#8217;t helping, they actually don&#8217;t know who they are.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 13:52<br>So, oh, that&#8217;s true. Yeah, that&#8217;s absolutely true. Yeah, you&#8217;re you&#8217;re applying, you&#8217;re applying all of those learnings that you&#8217;ve had to be able to help other people tell their stories in less academic way, and</p>



<p>David Morris 14:04<br>that&#8217;s what I&#8217;m doing, too. Publishing wise, I&#8217;m taking, like, all these years of experience, and I&#8217;m trying to apply it to a different audience, at a different readership, a different author, a different author group. I mean, the irony of it is, I&#8217;m I&#8217;m having to learn things about this group, you know, I thought I knew, or just how to, how to create networks, and how to market books on this level, and what is, what is the content really like on this level? Is it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s actually different. I&#8217;ve had to, that&#8217;s part of the that&#8217;s been part of the learning curve, just because I was an executive at a major publishing company, it doesn&#8217;t mean I know all that stuff, even though I thought I did right?</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 14:46<br>Well, let&#8217;s talk a little bit about how this model differs from, you know, the unconventional model that differs from what traditional publishing does. Like, how does Lake Drive sort of divert from that? You know, it&#8217;s. Hybrid publisher, but you do things your own way. Because that&#8217;s sort of the the territory we&#8217;re in right now is, like, we&#8217;re defining what works for us and what doesn&#8217;t.</p>



<p>David Morris 15:10<br>Yep, yep, high, yeah, yeah. I would say Lake Drive is a version of hybrid publishing. And there&#8217;s, the thing is, like in publishing, there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s definitely a spectrum of businesses and publishing identities that go on in within any one sort of nomenclature, you know, or labels, yeah. I mean, like I said, it&#8217;s un it&#8217;s conventional publishing, but with an unconventional financial model, I think the thing to do is to do is to back up just a little bit and say the way publishing works is that it&#8217;s a very speculative business. On the whole. There&#8217;s exceptions, of course, but when you&#8217;re publishing to a general readership, every every publisher is looking for what we call breakaway title. And why you want that breakaway title is because it pays for the rest of the business Exactly. So. So you could have I heard, I once heard the Random House CEO. It&#8217;s a different CEO now, but I heard the Random House CEO the time when all that antitrust stuff was going on in publishing business, there was a there was court proceedings that were recorded, and a lot of us publishing people, went and looked at that transcript. I didn&#8217;t look at it firsthand, but I read about it, and he was quoted as saying that, I think I&#8217;m not going to get it right, but it was something like 4% of our books drive 65% of our business, you know. And for me, and I would feel, I would say that in publishing in general, like it&#8217;s more like maybe five to 10% of your books actually pays for the other 90 to 95% of what you do. So you&#8217;re putting a lot of books out every year as a publisher and on especially when you&#8217;re working at higher levels, you&#8217;re paying some big advances that never earn out. And sometimes they aren&#8217;t they, they do so badly you actually lose money on them because you paid a half a million dollar advance to somebody like like a musical artist. That happens. That happens. A lot publishers fall into this trap. I&#8217;m kind of going down rabbit trails, but yeah, but my the whole point is that that that publishers have to establish, like, this deep bank account so that they can go out and do all this speculating. Well, when you&#8217;re starting out a new or when you&#8217;re working on the grassroots level, and you&#8217;re not, it&#8217;s, I mean, I&#8217;m not, I&#8217;m not in a business that it makes a lot of sense to just go out and find financers, you know, because, you know, even still, my books aren&#8217;t going to perform in a huge way. It&#8217;s not going to be a big payoff for investors. So it&#8217;s sort of a more of a slow build kind of business, no matter what I do, and honestly, it can last things up when all that money gets involved. Granted, I wouldn&#8217;t mind having a nice a nice angel investor to help out with some things. It would certainly be nice if we could do it responsibly, absolutely. But But, but, because publishers have those those those big bank accounts, they can go out and do all that speculating when you&#8217;re starting out or when you&#8217;re working at the grassroots level, you&#8217;ve got to figure out a way to pay for those books up front. And I didn&#8217;t even quite understand this when I first started a few years ago. But if you&#8217;re talking about paying for freelancers, you know when it comes to developmental editing, copy editing, design of the cover, design and composition of the interior, proofreading, two passes of proofreading. You know, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s easily, that&#8217;s easily $7,500 if not $10,000 right? Yeah, we&#8217;re talking about professionals to to, I mean, you can, you can find ways to make it work a little bit less cheaply, but, but it&#8217;s like anything in this world, you&#8217;ll find that the quality goes down when you start spending less money than five to 7500 to $10,000 I get by with five too, because we will handle the developmental edit in house, meaning, meaning me, but it&#8217;s worth it. It. I think I&#8217;m worth my my weight in developmental editing, especially at this point, but, but, yeah, that&#8217;s the thing. It&#8217;s, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s expensive up front to pay for it. So the hybrid, what the hybrid model does, basically, is it just says you&#8217;re going to fund those upfront costs, and then you since. Since the publisher has no risk involved, they should also reward you with a higher royalty rate, right? So that&#8217;s that&#8217;s what we do as well. Our royalty rates are 50% higher than conventional publishing, and I&#8217;m committed to that because publishers rely on authors now more than ever to market books with their with their online platforms in particular. So I, you know, I think that authors should be paid better by publishers, but they still pay the same that they&#8217;ve been paying for the last 100 years, or whatever it&#8217;s been at least last 20 or 15 years,</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 20:36<br>the methods of doing it or art, yeah, yeah, so,</p>



<p>David Morris 20:39<br>but you but I say it&#8217;s conventional publishing with unconventional financial model. So I sort of explained the financial model. What&#8217;s what&#8217;s conventional about it is, and I guess I said that it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s professional editing and design, you know, strong production disciplinary practices, which you can attest for, yes,</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 21:00<br>especially like the last couple of weeks. Yeah.</p>



<p>David Morris 21:03<br>And then also, also, I mean, we punch way above our way in terms of marketing and publicity. I mean, I do something that I think all publishers should do, but they don&#8217;t, on the whole and I get into the weeds with my authors on their platforming and how they&#8217;re getting the word out about their book. How&#8217;s it going with their social media? How&#8217;s it going with their email list? Most publishers don&#8217;t ask those kinds of questions, and then they don&#8217;t have, they might have a newsletter, you know, that they send out to everybody, but I give, I give one on one, attention to that, both with with dedicated meetings about that early in the contract signing stage. But then that becomes a, you know, a part of the conversation going forward. It&#8217;s built in that we&#8217;re always going to be talking about platform. So when it comes time to actually market the book where the publisher is relying on the author&#8217;s platform, more than ever, I&#8217;m already really familiar with that platform, and I can go and I can really dig in with them and customize and say, here&#8217;s, here&#8217;s where your strengths are. Here&#8217;s where my strengths are in terms of marketing. And, you know, we do a great job with launch teams. You know, which, which is a known quantity. It&#8217;s, it&#8217;s one of the, to me, it&#8217;s one of the most powerful ways, one of the most powerful ways that authors can directly affect their upfront sales when they put their book out. It&#8217;s a known quantity, but we&#8217;re also really good with publicity. Got a good sized publicity list, one that really suits well for the kind of books we do as well, and so I feel like we&#8217;re punching, we&#8217;re punching way above our weight, our weight there. And you also have to, you also have to have a sense of perspective about publicity these days. You know, we live in such a segmented market, a digitally segmented market. So, so what you know, if you got yourself in your local newspaper. Let&#8217;s say you even live in a big city, and you got yourself a book review in the look in the big city newspaper. Well, number one, nobody reads print newspapers anymore. They&#8217;re not even delivered. You know, hard</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 23:14<br>they always have paywalls. The</p>



<p>David Morris 23:17<br>most, the online ones have paywalls. Exactly which, which, which baffles me, because, you know, if they&#8217;re also running ads at, you know, on a lot of those newspaper sites, and they have paywalls, and then a publisher like me wants to promote my author&#8217;s book in Virginia and at the local paper there, and, oh, I can&#8217;t promote it, because everybody&#8217;s going to hit a paywall to go see the article, even though they would see the ads, I never it&#8217;s just that has not caught up with the times yet in my mind, plus all those ads are just overwhelming these days, X out of like five things before you can even read the article.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 23:55<br>Yeah, for sure, I actually in the same vein that you&#8217;re talking about with the like collaborating on marketing and publicity, I would like to ask a question that I think a lot of authors have about the value of having someone else shepherd that process versus doing it on their own, because at this point, authors are able to, like at least have the breakdown Of all of the processes and the things they might need. They can access those things on their own in a sort of rudimentary way, and if they&#8217;re paying for the editing and the design and all of that stuff, what&#8217;s, what&#8217;s the value of having a company logo on their book if they&#8217;re paying for so much of it.</p>



<p>David Morris 24:46<br>I do think that when you&#8217;re if you&#8217;re an author and you want to publish your book, whether it&#8217;s even like some of the more like lower level self publishing services, will offer marketing services, I don&#8217;t really think they do a whole lot. Uh, they maybe have an email list, and they send out an email blast, but I think it&#8217;s pretty mass emailing, which is not, which is, which is a very standard tactic. But I don&#8217;t think they&#8217;re curating it very well. I don&#8217;t, I doubt there&#8217;s much nudging and following up going on. I doubt there&#8217;s any leveraging of a personal relationship with a media outlet, which can happen from varying publishers with varying types of books. But so I think, because you can easily spend like they can add on, you know, I don&#8217;t know what they do, but you know, 10,000 $15,000 for a marketing a publicity package at a hybrid publisher or even a self publisher. And I, I would caution most of the time, you probably shouldn&#8217;t</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 25:51<br>do that. So the marketing ones are the most tenuous. You would say, like those, those types of services</p>



<p>David Morris 26:00<br>that add on? Yeah, yeah. I mean, you know, every I think there&#8217;s exceptions where there&#8217;s good stuff going on, depending on the kind of book it is, again, and the kind of author we&#8217;re talking about. That&#8217;s the thing about publishing. You know, it&#8217;s always like, what&#8217;s the context here? People use the same terms, but they mean different things, or they&#8217;re in different contexts. And so you kind of have to define those things, you know, because there are hybrid publishers, and you&#8217;ve you&#8217;ve mentioned this is that are working really well for affluent folks who are business people who want to have sort of a calling card, and maybe they even get their book on a bestseller list for a week or something like that, but, or maybe they&#8217;d even do better, but most the time, they don&#8217;t, most the time, it&#8217;s like 250 initial books, and then they sell copies every time they go speaking or something like that.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 26:54<br>And there can be value if they don&#8217;t expect to make a ton of money on the actual book,</p>



<p>David Morris 26:59<br>and if it gets them what they want, they may have a big enough bank account where spending 2530, or even $50,000 is some high rep publishers charge is, you know, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s enough, that&#8217;s okay for them, because otherwise they wouldn&#8217;t get it right. Exactly it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s supply and demand. And so, you know, if you want a reputable hybrid publisher that does a really good job with with editing and production and design, it might be worth $50,000 to you, but for the average aspiring author, no, ain&#8217;t, no way that&#8217;s a really dumb idea.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 27:37<br>Yeah, that&#8217;s that&#8217;s too much.</p>



<p>David Morris 27:41<br>Yeah, yeah. And I think there&#8217;s some authors where it&#8217;s where they even have the money that they could spend on that. But, and they&#8217;re not the affluent business person trying to create a calling card. They actually just want to create a book that people are going to read and and they still could get enticed to some of those big, big package publishers, service oriented, hybrid publishers. And that feels exploitative to me. It does. I, you know, like spending that much money on a book hardly anybody&#8217;s going to read. Just tell the person to go, you know, write it into a Word file and send it to your best friends and leave it at that. You know?</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 28:23<br>Well, I mean, when someone does have a book that they either want to write, and like, I&#8217;m specifying, they want to do it themselves. They don&#8217;t want to hire a ghost writer if they want to do it, do their own book. They want to sell their own book and get a decent amount of sales. How do they look at it? And just like, decide which path to go to, like, either, Should I, should I spend a lot of time sending this in traditional publishers? Should I look for a hybrid publisher, or should I just try to do everything myself? Right? What criteria would you say someone should use to decide?</p>



<p>David Morris 28:59<br>I think, I think the first thing to realize is that going into being being an author, consider it a part time job, if not a full time job. And is, you know, so it means educating yourself about publishing. It means getting involved in every aspect of it. I don&#8217;t mean control in terms of things like design and, you know, editing and so on. I mean, learn about how the business works. Learn about the different options. I think that strict self publishing, total DIY, through Amazon, KDP or Ingram Spark is, is great. Actually, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s not that difficult to use. However, there is a big learning curve, and it takes time, and it can be frustrating, and there&#8217;s a lot of unknowns, and will you get the kind of result that you want? I know of an author right now who is looking to publish it on KDP, and this author realized, oh, you can&#8217;t do. Pre orders through KDP for the print book. So I&#8217;ve got a how do I how do I deal with that? That&#8217;s a weird bugaboo about Amazon KDP. Well, you know, there&#8217;s a lot of hair pulling moments like that. I think when you start out DIYing it. I did that with my own, my own dissertation. I polished it up, and it was the guinea pig book for, like, drive books. I mean, I was said I was using it in a process to learn about, you know, setting up a small book business. But it was, you know, it&#8217;s challenging to, you know, even if you&#8217;re going to typeset it in Word, if you&#8217;re going to DIY everything, it is a long time consuming process. And again, it depends. Is it nonfiction? Is it fiction? You know, what are we talking about? Are there illustrations? Are there tables? Are there endnotes? It can get really detailed fast on you, depending on what it is, or maybe you&#8217;re publishing something pretty simple. And no worries, you know,</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 30:57<br>editor that isn&#8217;t just going to put your stuff into chat, GPT, like, yeah, yeah. Like, how do you find people that you can trust to do all this stuff?</p>



<p>David Morris 31:05<br>Yeah, yeah, yeah. And you can, I mean, there&#8217;s services like reeds, which has a lot of great freelancers, and they vet them pretty carefully, but so that&#8217;s DIY in it. Then there&#8217;s self publishing, which is much more like assembly line, mass market publishing. I don&#8217;t want to name too many names, but like, author house is known as one that sort of like, is a it&#8217;s a white label brand for other self publishing services that are out there.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 31:36<br>I think there&#8217;s Hay House has one also, but I can&#8217;t, yep,</p>



<p>David Morris 31:39<br>a lot of the major publishers actually have a brand, have a brand like that. And then there&#8217;s hybrid publishing, and that can be a whole spectrum of like, you know, mom and pop, one person setups, which is kind of what Lake Drive is, although we&#8217;re really, like a one plus plus two part time setup, plus, we use a lot of great freelancers, so we&#8217;re not doing it all here to larger operations that do a lot more titles. They have the big ticket invoices for their services. They break them down. And so, yeah, I mean, there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s those different options. What you know, you can go on to the independent book Publishers Association website, and they have criteria for hybrid publishers. A lot of times in the past, they&#8217;ve identified that criteria. As to me, one of the things that stands out is that you have what&#8217;s called distribution, full distribution of your books, which is kind of lingo, e term for you have some access to a sales team that&#8217;s pitching your book to bookstores. But that&#8217;s a bit, that&#8217;s a bit of an antiquated notion. Yeah, there&#8217;s, there&#8217;s, you know, book bookstores have just faded. They, they still aren&#8217;t what they were 25 years ago, and maybe there&#8217;s more of them out there now. Barnes and Noble has been on a comeback, doing making smaller footprint stores finally, which is really smart. Good of good for them, but it&#8217;s still under 700 stores nationwide, in the US. I mean, that&#8217;s not that many you know. Think of all the Walgreens there are out there. It&#8217;s not even close. And and, you know, they&#8217;re still carrying just sort of the top listed titles, you know, by and large, by and large, I or even think of like an independent bookstore in your local community. We&#8217;ve got one here where I live in Michigan, and we&#8217;ve got several actually, and some are new. It&#8217;s really cool, but I work in religion and spirituality titles. They&#8217;ve got 18 inches of shelf space for that, and they&#8217;re carrying CS Lewis,</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 33:54<br>yes, bunch of Enneagram stuff.</p>



<p>David Morris 33:58<br>They&#8217;re carrying all this. I mean, there&#8217;s I went this last time. Was like, Okay, I didn&#8217;t expect them to have that shelf there. That&#8217;s nice, but they still had a lot of other things taking up most of that shelf space. Nothing from an independent publisher,</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 34:09<br>20 copies of The Purpose Driven Life, exactly.</p>



<p>David Morris 34:15<br>So does that really matter? Do you need a sales team for your your especially if you&#8217;re a one person Author, Publisher, do you really need a sales team? Or even if you&#8217;re a hybrid publisher that&#8217;s putting out five to six titles a year, like like Lake derived books, do you really need a sales team? It&#8217;s a great question. You know, books are arguably marketed more by the author platform. Then, see the thing is, sales teams used to also be the functional equivalent of marketing. They pushed your book out into the marketplace. The bookstores were a marketing mechanism, but that was when, that was when the only way you could get a book was by going to a bookstore. Now books are a click away, and you&#8217;ve got it in maybe even 24 hours or less. So that just changed things. All the all the foot traffic is now online, and the way to market is online. And so with online author platforms, that&#8217;s that&#8217;s arguably more where you should be putting your money and not setting up a whole distribution feature of your hybrid publisher now, and honestly, with if you&#8217;re using some of these platforms for publishing, especially Ingram Spark or Ingram Lightning Source, they get the book everywhere in books in English language are sold. I mean, that&#8217;s global. Yeah, yeah, Amazon arguably does that too, but, but with Amazon bookstores, or I don&#8217;t know, most people are not using Amazon to to distribute exclusively throughout the world. They just use Amazon for the Amazon ecosystem, and they&#8217;re using room spark to get to the rest of the world. That&#8217;s what we do at Lake Drive. And that&#8217;s distribution. I mean, that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s worldwide distribution for a little, tiny publisher.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 36:11<br>Yeah, it&#8217;s amazing. And I know that there&#8217;s a lot of just with my experience with booksellers, if, if they have an account with someone, that&#8217;s when they&#8217;re going to order it. So if someone doesn&#8217;t have an account with Ingram, right, then they&#8217;re just like, Nope, we&#8217;re just not going to do that. Because there&#8217;s all these, like, application processes that bookstores have to do to be able to, like, work with different distributors. So most of them just don&#8217;t bother going with something different. Also, I think the brick and with the brick and mortars, there&#8217;s a little bit of animosity in there too, which, yes, fair enough</p>



<p>David Morris 36:47<br>with Amazon. Yeah, yeah. The other thing to mention about hybrid publishers that I think stands out in terms of what makes them different from a self publisher, or, you know, like, like we were mentioning before, not the DIY level, where you&#8217;re doing it all yourself, but the self publishing service and and maybe even across the spectrum of different hybrid publishers, is the question of, how much do they actually curate the books that they do, or are they just publishing whatever comes their way because someone is paying them? And I think, I think that there are plenty of hybrid publishers where you can look at their you can look at their titles and go, I don&#8217;t really see an identity here. And why is that identity important? I think it&#8217;s important because it shows you that you work with editors who understand your content, the genre that you&#8217;re in. It means you&#8217;re working with a publisher who understands the right media outlets, the right professional and cultural networks, and especially in the area of nonfiction, spirituality, books, that stuff matters a lot. It&#8217;s not like publishing, you know, a really classic category like romance. So, yeah, I think, I think that&#8217;s something, that&#8217;s something to look out for. I don&#8217;t mean to be ungracious about publishers that the highway publishers that are not being that discerning about or they&#8217;re not. I mean, because it&#8217;s different, it&#8217;s different from different again, it&#8217;s different contexts for different situation.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 38:13<br>There&#8217;s a lot of traditional publishers who like, if you just take a look at their catalog, and you don&#8217;t already know who they are, they might seem like they&#8217;re all over the map as well, right?</p>



<p>David Morris 38:22<br>There&#8217;s that too, right? That&#8217;s true. That&#8217;s very fair. I think that&#8217;s one of the other big criteria there. And then there&#8217;s, you know, then there&#8217;s the big question of, should I just try to get to a conventional publisher? Should I work through an agent that I get that I actually illiterate agent as well? So I&#8217;m working on the grassroots level. I&#8217;m not trying to, you know this is not, this is not toxic capitalism by any means. I&#8217;ll show you my bank account if you&#8217;re if you don&#8217;t believe me, I have people coming to me all the time who want me. They think they need me as a litter agent for them, what they&#8217;re really looking for, I&#8217;m finding out, though, what they really need is more of a publishing coach, writing coach, publishing coach. You know, they, they, especially when you&#8217;re talking about nonfiction books, the part of platform starts to really matter. I mean, it matters no matter what you do. But in nonfiction publishing, where you have, like a where you&#8217;re an expert on a topic, or you&#8217;ve got a great memoir, especially if you&#8217;ve got a great memoir, you also really need a good platform to sell it. There&#8217;s this idea that I just need to find a publisher, and then they&#8217;ll pitch the book to the world for me. Well, yeah, there is still value to that, and it for certain contexts that can make a lot of sense, and that still goes on a very high level. But for the average person you know, are you really, do you really have that interesting of a story that&#8217;s really going to, you know, break through, even if you do, you might get that big public book, big publisher, book publishing deal. But remember, again, they&#8217;re speculating. On you. You know, there you might be one of those books that they plan on losing money, that they&#8217;re they&#8217;re willing to risk losing money on. It&#8217;s not a done deal. It&#8217;s not like you&#8217;ve gotten the golden ticket at the will to the Willy Wonka Chocolate Factory by any means they you. You mean, you mean as much to them as a speculating for gold at the Gold Rush. Think about that sometimes, when you want to go with a big publisher and get an agent and so on, think about that. There&#8217;s still some of those publishers are still looking for 50,000 Instagram followers or 100,000 Tiktok followers, or 10,000 member email list or substack e newsletter. They they really go gaga over those things, depending on the publisher. And I&#8217;ve seen it, they go, you know, they go that because that&#8217;s, that&#8217;s known quantity for them. And they can, they can make things happen. They can work with that. So I don&#8217;t, so a lot of times I have to tell folks, you just, you&#8217;re just not quite ready. They&#8217;re ready yet. But oftentimes I get people pitching me with a book, with a book, they&#8217;ve a manuscript, even that they&#8217;ve written, and there&#8217;s no like, there&#8217;s not much in the way of, like a professional network. They&#8217;re not out there speaking or creating content already that where they&#8217;ve become known, even on a small scale. And that&#8217;s what I say, is like, start looking at some of these other mediums, like social media and E newsletters, as just another medium to get your ideas out there, and start building an audience, and then they&#8217;re going to want the more immersive, 60,000 word book from you.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 41:39<br>Yeah, that&#8217;s a that&#8217;s a tough truth for a lot of people to deal with, I think, is just they, they look at the sheer amount of followers that most people who are getting published right now have, and just think, well, why should I even bother like, yeah, there&#8217;s no</p>



<p>David Morris 41:56<br>hope here. And that can be discouraging. That&#8217;s true.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 41:59<br>Yeah, exactly so as a small press like, what, what kind of platform would you look for, and what would, what would play into your decision if you decide to go for smaller versus bigger?</p>



<p>David Morris 42:16<br>Yeah, that&#8217;s a that&#8217;s a hard question to answer. Sometimes I think, I think, let&#8217;s just say 5000 followers on a platform like Instagram, Tiktok usually means you need to have more because of just the way that it&#8217;s more ephemeral. I guess is that the right word?</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 42:34<br>I think so, yeah, sure, it&#8217;ll work,</p>



<p>David Morris 42:39<br>but it&#8217;s not so much that number as it is also, are you growing? Are you still attracting new people, new followers? And then also, are people engaging with your social, with your are they? Are they? Are they liking, and are they commenting and are they sharing? I think you can come. You can like, line up 10 authors who have 5000 Instagram followers, and you&#8217;ll find or five or 10 people with 5000 Instagram followings, and you&#8217;ll find a great variety of how many people are actually commenting on their their posts. And so I look for that when I mean, so you could have maybe just 1000 but if you, if you&#8217;ve got, like, a really, you know, active following, and you&#8217;re growing at the same time, you could be worth more than somebody with 5000 at least, for the future. And publishing is a long play, so I want to set up long term relationships to authors. I don&#8217;t want to just be like a one off service. No way. That&#8217;s That&#8217;s not what I&#8217;m here for Yeah, so I&#8217;d say that, and then and then with email, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s probably like at least 1500 would be ideal. But, you know, I&#8217;ve published authors with neither of those things, but they had incredible professional networks. And they they connected with their professional again, there&#8217;s an academic I&#8217;ve published, a professor who is really well connected in his academic community, and he&#8217;s out speaking quite often, and he&#8217;s in front of people. And I was really surprised. I thought, Oh, this is not going to sell. But then, you know, his his institution actually took the launch team recruitment email and published it in their own blog, and suddenly this author that I just I loved I loved it, I loved him, and I wanted to publish it absolutely, but I wasn&#8217;t sure, you know, I wasn&#8217;t sure how it was going to do, didn&#8217;t think, didn&#8217;t have a high expectation. And then all of a sudden, he&#8217;s generated the biggest launch team of any of my authors, and we sold a lot of books up front, and the book continues to sell nicely. I&#8217;m very happy with it, and I hope he is too.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 44:46<br>This is a little off book, but do you have any like recommendations for marketing for introverts? Because, I mean, I know most writers probably are to a certain extent, but the need to. Reach out to people on social media and, like, have some kind of presence in the world that isn&#8217;t just their book. Like, is really daunting.</p>



<p>David Morris 45:06<br>Sometimes, I&#8217;d say number one, don&#8217;t, don&#8217;t read all of the marketing advice that&#8217;s out there, because it can be pretty shallow. And, you know, read some of it, but then that&#8217;s enough. Start. Try to go deeper, try to understand it in a deeper way. I always single out this one sub stack guy named Dan blank, spelled just like it sounds, and his his substack is called the creative shift. And what I haven&#8217;t listened or I haven&#8217;t watched read one of his posts in a while, but he is pretty consistent with helping you just get into the right mindset for what social media marketing or what talking about yourself. Basically, he says it&#8217;s about relationships. Yeah, it&#8217;s not about marketing. It&#8217;s about relationships. And he&#8217;s not just saying that to make a euphemism out of marketing. He&#8217;s not. It&#8217;s about genuine connection and authenticity. And if you get into his stuff and you read it consistently, you&#8217;ll start getting it, you&#8217;ll start understanding and you&#8217;ll start seeing some of these mediums, even as introverts, and I&#8217;m one, you&#8217;ll start seeing them as a way to create connection. Maybe you don&#8217;t want connection as an introvert, yeah. But if you want to be an author, you&#8217;ve got to be putting yourself out there. What you&#8217;ve got to do is find the right kind of guidance and advice and start coming up with your own sort of philosophy about how to use it. And because there&#8217;s, you know, there&#8217;s as many ways of using social media as there are people out there, I guess. And yeah, I think that, I think that that&#8217;s possibility. I do think that there are experts out there who can help, and Dan, Dan does that with authors. There&#8217;s a lot of people, though, who are kind of like mass marketing their services in that way. And that that&#8217;s okay, I think, to an extent, but I think it&#8217;s worthwhile doing those kinds of webinars or short term studies, but, but I think it again, it kind of gets back to context, you know, like I&#8217;ve seen a lot. I&#8217;ve seen I know someone who does that stuff for people who are doing mostly business books, and if you&#8217;re writing fiction or you&#8217;re doing a memoir, it&#8217;s a different game. And when it comes to getting yourself out there and establishing an audience, you know, and I wish there was more people out there helping people do this and teaching them how to do it, I actually think publishers have some have a lot of responsibility in this, and I don&#8217;t see them doing that. I think it&#8217;s worthwhile to get help. This is not a speech you have to give most people who are under 30 to go out, to go out and find a way to promote yourself on social</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 47:48<br>media like they already know is what you&#8217;re saying.</p>



<p>David Morris 47:50<br>Yeah, yeah. The greatest thing about social media is, especially as an author, is that you can more than ever. You can have a direct connection to your readers, and you can get direct feedback right away. You can you can create online community that can lead to real community. And I think that&#8217;s actually pretty exciting, if you can kind of get into that mental space and find a way of using it that works for you, but getting help, getting help from what&#8217;s reputable people are really taking the time to sort of customize what it is you need. I think that would be really valuable. If you can find, if you can find instructions on that customize to who you are, that would be very valuable.</p>



<p>Emily Einolander 48:36<br>Big thanks to David for coming on the show and providing all of these insights about hybrid publishing and ways to improve your platform as an author. And I&#8217;ll include the link to the Lake Drive website so you can check out all of the wonderful books we&#8217;ve got there. You can find both me, M Einolander and hybrid pub scout on LinkedIn, my website, hybridpubscout.com or you can find me on blue sky at Emily, I know you can also email me emily@hybridpubscout.com and be sure to check the show notes for links referenced in the episode, as well as ones to sign up for plotter with the HPS affiliate code And to visit HPs bookshop.org shop. Thanks for listening.</p>
</details>



<p></p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris/">Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-84-unconventional-publishing-models-with-david-morris/">Episode 84: Unconventional Publishing Models with David Morris</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4836</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[publishing software]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4829</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Click here to visit Plot for Good and support youth writing programs! Recent surveys (from Gotham Ghostwriters and BookBub) verify what you probably have already guessed, that there are profound divides between writers who use AI and writers who downright refuse. But interestingly, these surveys have also shown that around 60% of writers do use ... <a title="Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose/">Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose/">Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Click here to visit <a href="https://plotforgood.org/">Plot for Good</a> and support youth writing programs!</h3>



<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/9591140b-0c98-416e-ace3-d1cd43a07102/"></iframe></div>



<p>Recent surveys (from <a href="https://gothamghostwriters.com/ai-writer/?mc_cid=a84889bb5f&amp;mc_eid=75066e10d7">Gotham Ghostwriters</a> and <a href="https://insights.bookbub.com/how-authors-are-thinking-about-ai-survey/?mc_cid=a84889bb5f&amp;mc_eid=75066e10d7">BookBub</a>) verify what you probably have already guessed, that there are profound divides between writers who use AI and writers who downright refuse. But interestingly, these surveys have also shown that around 60% of writers do use AI tools of some kind.</p>



<p>So, when you’re creating a software program for writers, you have some choices to make. Do you alienate your anti-AI users or your pro-AI users?</p>



<p>Or do you try to find a compromise that works for the greatest number of people?</p>



<p>One of my favorite tools that I use in my fiction writing is Plottr, which I introduced to y’all back in <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-74-troy-lambert-education-lead-plottr/">Episode 74</a>. It’s a program that lets you visualize your story from beginning to end and keep your notes on characters, themes, settings, and other plot elements all in one central place.</p>



<p>When I interviewed Plottr’s education outreach lead back in 2023, I had bought the basic program for myself, which is a tool that you download and use offline. I&#8217;ve used it for at least three different writing projects, and it&#8217;s helped make my process much more streamlined.</p>



<p>So when the folks from Plottr reached out to me to chat about new developments, I was excited. However, when I looked into it and saw that they had a new tool that used AI, I got very uncomfortable. I’m way more on the skeptical side of this issue, and I was scared to see another program I use get gobbled up by AI features.</p>



<p>But then I got curious, because I noticed that it was being implemented in a different way that we see in products like Google Gemini or Microsoft Copilot (or, if you listened to my last episode ProWritingAid). The difference is that instead of forcing AI features on Plottr users, they offered a choice where users could stick to the completely AI-free Plottr program, or buy the AI-powered Storysnap either on its own or as an add-on.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Seriously, it’d be nice if more companies would do that instead of making you jump through hoops to opt out.</p>



<p>No matter my own feelings, I can understand how that statistic poses a dilemma for software companies that don’t want to go out of business. Plottr seems to be trying to create a solution that gives both groups what they want, and I wanted to know more about how that choice was made and where those lines were drawn. When I interviewed Plottr’s founder Cameron Sutter about the way they’re trying to employ ethical AI use, I learned that a lot of careful thought was put into how to deploy AI in a way that avoids using stolen works and doesn’t write users’ stories for them.</p>



<p>I’m not here to sell you Storysnap, but I did make space in this interview to talk about it (even though, as you’ll hear, I struggle to pronounce it correctly). To keep it simple: Storysnap helps series writers create a personal story bible, so they can easily maintain continuity throughout each book. Cameron does a good job explaining how they’ve attempted to address issues about privacy and what measures they’ve taken to keep the AI from training on users’ work.</p>



<p>Personally, I’m probably still going to stick to using Plottr on its own, happily and wholeheartedly. But take a listen and decide for yourself where you draw your line.&nbsp;</p>



<p>(Who knows—you might not even make it past Cameron and my discussion about pizza toppings.) But I hope you do.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links of Interest:</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://plottr.com/?ref=HPS">Affiliate link for a free Plottr 30-day trial</a></li>



<li><a href="https://storysnap.ai">Learn more about Storysnap</a></li>



<li><a href="https://plotforgood.org/">Plot For Good</a></li>



<li><a href="https://arxiv.org/abs/2506.08872">Your Brain on ChatGPT: Accumulation of Cognitive Debt when Using an AI Assistant for Essay Writing Task</a></li>



<li>AI Writers Surveys from <a href="https://gothamghostwriters.com/ai-writer/?mc_cid=a84889bb5f&amp;mc_eid=75066e10d7">Gotham Ghostwriters</a> and <a href="https://insights.bookbub.com/how-authors-are-thinking-about-ai-survey/?mc_cid=a84889bb5f&amp;mc_eid=75066e10d7">BookBub</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/83.Plottr-Storysnap.pdf">Episode 83 Transcript</a></li>
</ul>



<p></p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose/">Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-83-plottr-storysnap-writers-choose/">Episode 83: Plottr, Storysnap, and Letting Writers Choose</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4829</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-82-nanonowwhat/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-82-nanonowwhat</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Oct 2025 20:10:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4825</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>It&#8217;s that time of year again. You may love it, hate it, fear it, or be totally uninterested. I&#8217;m talking about&#8230;well, what you&#8217;re calling it now depends on your history with it and your feelings on the way things went down. It used to be National Novel Writing Month, aka., NaNoWriMo, and in some cases ... <a title="Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-82-nanonowwhat/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-82-nanonowwhat/">Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-82-nanonowwhat/">Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/9167e01e-846b-4357-ac19-50cc9cb6873f/"></iframe></div>



<p>It&#8217;s that time of year again. You may love it, hate it, fear it, or be totally uninterested. I&#8217;m talking about&#8230;well, what you&#8217;re calling it now depends on your history with it and your feelings on the way things went down. It used to be National Novel Writing Month, aka., NaNoWriMo, and in some cases it still is. Some are calling it Novel November. Others seem to be not calling it anything and just *describing* what it is.</p>



<p>For the sake of ease, I&#8217;ll be calling it NaNoWriMo (or NaNo for short) during the full duration of its existence as a nonprofit. After that, I&#8217;ll see how I feel.</p>



<p>Please see my list of sources in the show notes, but it mostly consists of an interview with Chris Baty from the still extant NaNo YouTube channel, a big, dramatic deep dive created by Savy Writes Books (also on YouTube), a number of blogs and articles from around the web, and a couple Reddit threads and Google Docs.</p>



<p>This is a rabbit hole. I set out to write something about commodifying creativity and the problems of centralizing movements under capitalism. But it ended up being so much more than that, and though I have put in over twenty-hours of research, this still feels like a shallow reading.&nbsp;</p>



<p>I&#8217;m going to do my best to sum everything up according to my understanding of what happened. This is all based on what I&#8217;ve been able to find, the main NaNo website and forums themselves are shut down. So, there are obviously going to be some missing pieces in my understanding.</p>



<p>But I believe survivors. And if you think that sounds a little dramatic for me to throw in, just wait.</p>



<p>I&#8217;ll warn you right now that unfortunately one part of this will include some pretty nasty predatory behavior toward kids. I&#8217;ll be sure to throw out another warning when we get there.</p>



<p>So, if you don&#8217;t already know, participating in National Novel Writing Month means you write a fifty-thousand word first draft of your novel all in the month of November, which breaks down to one thousand six hundred and sixty-seven words per day. To some it might sound ridiculous, or on the other hand, if you&#8217;re like some of the rapid release writers we&#8217;ve talked to on this show in the past, it may sound like a piece of Duncan Hines funfetti cake.</p>



<p>But this isn&#8217;t an episode about how to write your novel in November. It isn&#8217;t even an episode about AI—although some of you familiar with last year&#8217;s events have probably guessed it&#8217;s going to figure into it.</p>



<p>This is about what happens when what once was a scrappy project grows beyond your ability to control it. It&#8217;s also what happens when you try to put a decentralized movement into a box, or what happens when you turn creating something for the simple joy of it into something that emphasizes the &#8220;creator economy.&#8221;</p>



<p>It&#8217;s what happens when communities are held together by unsuccessful donation drives and shady sponsorships, and its leaders spend more time on begging for funds and shoving complaints under the rug than holding their own staff accountable.</p>



<p>To oversimplify, it&#8217;s a worst case scenario of monetizing your hobbies. It&#8217;s about how, the bigger you&#8217;ve built your big beautiful contraption, the more rocks in the gears make for a spectacular public breakdown.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Movement</h2>



<p>NaNoWriMo started in 1999 in the bay area, kicked off by a guy named Chris Baty, with this email:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>&#8220;Hear ye hear ye, come one, come all, and dust off those word processing devices. Under the motto, &#8216;A Lousy Novel is better than no novel at all&#8217; I have declared July National Novel Writing Month. To celebrate, I want to write a novel in a month, and I want you to write one too. Everybody&#8217;s got a ton of stories in them. Collectively we&#8217;ve lived over seven hundred years and in that time have accumulated enough characters, places, and plot twists to fill a dozen tomes. I am proposing that we seize art by the horns and spill some of those experiences onto the page.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p>(By the way yes—you heard that right, it started out in July rather than November, which seems easier to pull off, if less alliterative.)</p>



<p>In his interview on the NaNoWriMo YouTube channel, Baty said he felt like this was going to be one of those things that he and his friends would try, fail at quickly and dramatically, and then never speak of again.</p>



<p>But things went better than expected. Out of the twenty-one friends who participated, six completed a first draft of a novel. So they decided to do it again the next year. This time, the participant count rose to one hundred forty, and twenty-nine people completed their first drafts—or, since NaNo was considered a challenge—they &#8220;won.&#8221;</p>



<p>When you hear the phrase &#8220;exponential growth&#8221;—think of NaNoWriMo in 2001. The event rose to five thousand participants. Baty and his friends hadn&#8217;t automated anything on their website, so participants had to be added manually to a Yahoo! group, and then to the website, in order to enter their word counts.&nbsp;</p>



<p>That year, 700 people were validated—all by hand—to have finished their first drafts. The operation grew so much, that their web host said, &#8220;You&#8217;re taking up all the space we have. Ya gotta go.&#8221; Things were only going to get bigger, more time consuming, and more expensive from there.</p>



<p>But also much, much more exciting.</p>



<p>In 2002, the website for National Novel Writing Month moved to a new server and became nanowrimo.org. Someone stepped up to make an automated word counter, the only way they could manage the scale of the challenge. But scale was still a problem. They&#8217;d also started selling merch, and during a time where drop-shipping wasn&#8217;t a Bay Area buzzword yet, packing and shipping was all done by hand.</p>



<p>But now, what used to be a group of people converging on central website, became something decentralized, and therefore, it *was* much more scaleable. National Novel Writing Month technically wasn&#8217;t just a national thing anymore. They had participants living everywhere, with chapters on six continents and participants in seven. Yes, that includes Antarctica.</p>



<p>So what of these &#8220;chapters&#8221;? How were they all managed?</p>



<p>A core contingent of the NaNo nonprofit model included Municipal Liaisons, also known as &#8220;MLs&#8221;, because you can&#8217;t have an organization without acronyms.</p>



<p>All MLs were volunteers, and there were hundreds of them. They ran and moderated the writers&#8217; forums in different geographical regions scattered around the world—never an easy thing, if you know, you know. They&#8217;d organize meetups and writers groups, and offer encouragement to remind writers that they weren&#8217;t in this alone. People from all all walks of life surrounded you. There could even be another person in your neighborhood right now, sitting up late tapping their words out, just like you.</p>



<p>In the beginning, NaNoWriMo was defined by these clusters of community all brought together by a shared love of writing and a desire to meet a lifelong goal. Many of the ideas that made NaNo so special came from these local and regional gatherings. Activities would expand over time, both locally and centrally—there was a podcast, features in major newspapers, celebrity pep-talk emails, and a growing number of of satellite events throughout the year. There was Script Frenzy for people who wanted to write screenplays, 30 Covers, 30 Days for people who wanted to work on their book design skills, and Camp NaNoWriMo, that took place in the spring and summer.</p>



<p>NaNo had tons of bells and whistles—different types of participation badges, staff-run sprints, and localized lock-ins where people would focus on churning out as many words as possible in a single night.</p>



<p>And according to Baty, it wasn&#8217;t about money.</p>



<p>NaNo wasn&#8217;t about capitalism or publishers gatekeeping. It wasn&#8217;t about writing a manuscript so you could start shopping it around ASAP. It was about getting together in cafés and online forums to commiserate with other people who had always wanted to write a book and were making it happen. It was about connecting with your local community and with writers all around the world at the same time.</p>



<p>In the words of one of Baty&#8217;s interviewers, &#8220;You don&#8217;t ask knitters when they&#8217;re opening up their knitting store.&#8221;</p>



<p>But hosting tens of thousands of people in multiple forums, providing them with automated word counters, and eventually paying a staff to manage it all (even though you have a slew of unpaid volunteers)—that costs money.</p>



<p>And as time passed, the money would change the tone and operations of this movement beyond recognition.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Money</h2>



<p>In the 00s (aughts), NaNoWriMo grew, and kept growing.</p>



<p>2005 saw the start of their Young Writer&#8217;s Program (referred to as YWP). One hundred schools and four thousand individual kids got in on the challenge that first year. It was a huge hit in English classrooms, where kids were encouraged to set their own writing goals that were more achievable than fifty-thousand words.</p>



<p>In 2006, the team finally turned NaNo into a nonprofit. That was also the year Sara Gruen&#8217;s <em>Water for Elephants</em> came out, which was a book whose first draft was written during NaNoWriMo. Now someone had produced a New York Times bestseller during the challenge, someone who&#8217;d gotten a $5.2 million dollar two-book deal—a far different outcome than the haphazard writing-for-the-hell-of-it ways of &#8220;winning&#8221; NaNo in the past.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Word was getting back to HQ that more and more professional authors were using the month of November to kick their novels into gear and knock over the barriers of their own perfectionism. People were starting to see NaNo as a potential selling point for their manuscripts.</p>



<p>Stakes were raised. So were aspirations. And so was pressure on basically everyone—participants, volunteers, and staff alike.</p>



<p>Because when trad publishing enters the picture, money starts mattering a lot more. And, to a growing nonprofit that needs tons of server space, it&#8217;s something that already matters a great deal.</p>



<p>(Incidentally, PSA—Americans who are listening, please donate money to your local food bank if you can. It&#8217;s a much more effective way to make sure people get fed than donating your old canned beans. It&#8217;s about to be a hungry holiday season for a lot of people. PSA over.)</p>



<p>I&#8217;m going to read a post from the old NaNoWriMo website that Chris wrote about the initial choice to become a nonprofit. Thanks, archive.org&#8217;s WayBack Machine.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>&#8220;By the end of the third year, though, a new question had come up: money. I had paid for the first and second NaNoWriMos myself, but Year Three posed a dilemma. The web-hosting costs had doubled, and the work of running NaNoWriMo meant I hadn’t been able to take on any freelance writing assignments in October or November. Which left me in an awkward financial situation at the end of November.</p>



<p>&#8220;On the last day of the event, I sent out a PayPal request for participants to help pay for the event by chipping in whatever they felt was fair. The mood at the close of that NaNoWriMo was triumphant, and I figured that if everyone who had gotten something worthwhile out of the adventure were to send in $1, I’d have more than enough to build a new automated site, pay the hosting bills, pay my own bills, and take all the year’s volunteers out for a gigantic thank-you pizza.</p>



<p>&#8220;This was the start of my education in running an event without a mandatory entry fee. The biggest lesson of which is this: when you make contributions voluntary, very few people volunteer to contribute. No matter how great a time they had or how much they believe in your cause, 90% of participants just won’t find their way to clicking on the PayPal link or mailing in a couple dollars.</p>



<p>“The karmic repercussions of it all were mind-boggling to me. Who _were_ these monsters? I’d spent the last month staying up till 3:00 a.m. every night patiently answering emails, offering encouragement, and giving up every ounce of love and support that the Red Bull hadn’t leached from my body. And when I asked for one dollar in return, they turned a cold shoulder? Was this the definition of community?&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p>(Skipping ahead a little bit.)</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>&#8220;Either I was a monster, or none of us were monsters. I did some quick calculations and decided, for the sake of my self-image, that none of us were monsters. We were just busy. With our hearts in the right places and way too much going on in our lives for us to always remember to support the institutions that made us happy.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p>That realization, Baty says, made him intent on doing more to communicate NaNo&#8217;s value to participants.</p>



<p>And it even seems to have worked for a while. But same as any company or nonprofit that needs funds to operate, staying in the good graces of participants is mandatory, and that&#8217;s especially true when you&#8217;re running an event that people can just as easily do without a central hub.</p>



<p>In 2013, Chris moved on from leading the nonprofit, but he&#8217;d been joined by lots of other people from the tech and nonprofit industries over the years. People have really nice things to say about him, and generally the bigger problems began after others took over ops from where he&#8217;d left off.</p>



<p>First, there was executive director Grant Faulkner. According to former employees, he was a lot more focused on the financial than the creative side of things. One of them recalled him standing behind her desk as she scrolled Etsy&#8217;s collection of fan-made NaNoWriMo merch.</p>



<p>&#8220;I always mean to send these people C&amp;Ds for copyright infringement,&#8221; she reported him saying. And that was a tell&#8211;a sign that the spirit of the event had shifted from a collection of people pursuing their writing dreams to an organization that was just as dollar-driven as any other.</p>



<p>The more intense focus on finances led to greater pressure placed on the MLs (Municipal Liaisons, if you recall). I want to be clear: MLs are all volunteers, as opposed to Mods, who were paid honorariums or were full-on staff members.</p>



<p>I mentioned that celebrity writer s often wrote &#8220;pep talk&#8221; emails to raise writers&#8217; spirits and solicit donations. But now, the MLs were expected to write daily donation emails too. They were also encouraged to visit schools and recruit teachers and teens into the Young Writer&#8217;s Program (YWP).&nbsp;</p>



<p>When 2020 hit, with all events going online, things got even more intense. All the MLs were expected to create regional Discord servers and manage online events over Zoom. There were issues with a huge new website build that ended up having massive accessibility issues, especially for visually impaired users; and you can see more about how that led to ableism on that Savy Writes Books deep dive I&#8217;ve linked.</p>



<p>This increasingly rough treatment of MLs, combined with the controversies of 2022, 23, and finally, 24, the organization was well on its way to imploding. And now I&#8217;m going to get into those, to the best of my ability, but bear with me. There&#8217;s just not enough time for me to fit all of it in.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">2022—Inkitt&#8230;or not</h2>



<p>With the difficulty NaNoWriMo always seemed to have getting their robust community to donate, they started getting sponsorships to run the event each year. And, with sponsorships comes risks.</p>



<p>In this case, one of the sponsors was Inkitt. It&#8217;s a website kind of like Wattpad, where writers publish original serialized fiction. Also, notably, it doesn&#8217;t let you turn off tracking cookies when you&#8217;re visiting their website, and I think that really says something. So, I will not be linking you to it.&nbsp;</p>



<p>What I will be linking you to is Victoria Strauss&#8217;s Writer Beware article that starts in 2016 and is updated through 2024. She points out initial and ongoing issues with Inkitt&#8217;s contracts, specifically the rights that they claim from enlisted authors. In a 2018 update, Strauss claimed they had, &#8220;an all-rights contract; Inkitt claims “the sole and exclusive” right to exploit or license just about every right and subsidiary right in existence.&#8221;</p>



<p>This seems like the sort of business that I need to do a deep-dive on down the road, especially since part of the aim of Hybrid Pub Scout is to make sure authors know how to avoid predatory presses. But for now, let&#8217;s just say that at the time, they had fishy contract language, claimed all (or almost all) rights, and didn&#8217;t have a track record of delivering on their promises.</p>



<p>So, in 2022, Inkitt became one of NaNoWriMo&#8217;s sponsors, and NaNo sponsors give a menu of &#8220;winner goodies&#8221; (yes, I&#8217;m cringing at that just as hard as you are) once people validated their finished novels.</p>



<p>Inkitt offered a “chance to win publishing contracts, social media spotlights, and more!” That &#8220;publishing contract&#8221; gave Inkitt first publishing rights, which prevents the author from selling the book anywhere else. It also dangled the hope that they&#8217;d shop the book to, as they called them &#8220;A-List&#8221; publishing houses. I can tell you, as can most people with some experience in publishing, that a book that&#8217;s already been serialized online rarely if ever is attractive to a publishing house. Sorry.</p>



<p>You know who might not realize that, though? A starry-eyed NaNoWriMo participant who just submitted their first &#8220;winning&#8221; 50k novel first draft.</p>



<p>So, knowing this, author and blogger Kestrel Casey took to the NaNo forums to express her concern. She describes the fallout as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>&#8220;The mods panicked</li>



<li>I was banned for disparaging a sponsor</li>



<li>I wrote this post</li>



<li>Other authors joined me in saying that Inkitt was not okay</li>



<li>The mods presumably had a long and stressful meeting</li>



<li>The mods un-banned me (and others) and sent both public and personal apologies</li>



<li>I, for one, absolutely forgave them, because the core issue here is not their fault</li>



<li>We all settled down for a long talk in the forums about sponsors, forum moderation policies, and how to make sure all this never happens again, which is ongoing at time of writing.&#8221;</li>
</ul>



<p>(Well&#8230;less so now.)</p>



<p>There was a lesson here: NaNoWriMo prioritized their sponsors, and they seemed to be doing so at the expense of their users.</p>



<p>And post-November, the organization actually behaved pretty reasonably about it. They apologized, pledged not to let it happen again, and brought on Victoria Strauss herself as a consultant to help guide their sponsorship decisions.</p>



<p>But the fact that they took responsibility for this debacle would not be a preview of things to come. Because they were about to very-much-not-take responsibility for something much more important. And this is where we get into the darker stuff I referred to at the top of the podcast: NaNo&#8217;s inaction against child predators, and it&#8217;s coverup of said predatory behavior.</p>



<p>Consider this your trigger warning.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">2023 Child Exploitation Coverup</h2>



<p>You know that gif from Community? Where the guy cheerfully walks into a room holding pizza boxes, then looks around to see the room on fire and in total chaos? Well, that was me in 2023.</p>



<p>At least in my experience, NaNoWriMo was such a common concept among writers that many had no idea it was a nonprofit at all. They just wrote their novels in November either alone or with the support of their friends, without even going near the site. The first time I did NaNo in 2009, I&#8217;m not sure whether I used the site at all.&nbsp;</p>



<p>(What I do know is I didn&#8217;t know what the hell I was doing and abandoned ship within a week.)</p>



<p>I did use it in 2010. That was the one and only time I &#8220;won&#8221;, resulting in a very weird manuscript I haven&#8217;t touched since, but think about often. It involved a Spirit Halloween, a small-town conspiracy, and serial killer tourism, and it makes about as much sense as&#8230;anything happening in the world right now.</p>



<p>Maybe I&#8217;ll dust it off again, but if I do, it&#8217;s more likely I&#8217;ll build it back up from scratch.</p>



<p>Anyway, when I rolled up to try NaNoWriMo again in 2023 with my pizza boxes, I had very little context for all the messy stuff that had been happening. All I saw was an email about halfway through the month that the forums were shutting down, saw someone else mention it was because of child grooming allegations, and backed the hell out like Homer Simpson disappearing into that hedge.</p>



<p>The point today is less about gory details and more about how the organization treated the kids who were reporting it, and what they did to all their teen-oriented programs in the aftermath. Now, nobody has gone to jail for anything, and I&#8217;m not a lawyer, so even though there&#8217;s evidence I&#8217;m going to throw a blanket &#8220;allegedly&#8221; up here just to be safe. Most of the following information is from interviews, saved excerpts from the forum threads, and messages from leadership.</p>



<p>You might remember that the Young Writer&#8217;s Program (YWP), had been a huge part of NaNoWriMo since 2005. It had its own community separate from the main NaNo site. And even before the grooming allegations came out, things weren&#8217;t going so well over there.</p>



<p>For YWP, the groups were run as &#8220;classrooms&#8221; by different &#8220;educators.&#8221; The only qualification to be an educator? Being over age eighteen. No background checks, no certification checks, no mandated reporter training, no nothing. So, it became a free-for-all where bullying could run rampant. And with bullying, comes bigotry—which wasn&#8217;t restricted to just the kids. Racist messages between staff members were also revealed during this time.</p>



<p>In addition to YWP communities, there were also forums for kids age 13–17 on the main site, one of which was called Christian Teens Together. And in that forum was someone with way too much power and free access to people they intended to abuse.</p>



<p>That forum moderator is called &#8220;Moderator X&#8221; on most of the reports about this event, but the primary sources (i.e., interviews with employees and volunteers) say their handle was CinnamonFridge. But apparently sharing their handle doesn&#8217;t really matter too much, because they&#8217;ve since died (or at least that&#8217;s the general consensus—they did have this weird habit of creating sock puppet accounts and killing the imaginary people attached to them off—but I&#8217;ll let you check out some of the linked material for more details because it&#8217;s super confusing).&nbsp;</p>



<p>I&#8217;m just going to say &#8220;Mod X&#8221; because it&#8217;s easier to get out of my mouth.</p>



<p>Mod X, an adult, was a little too friendly with some of the teens on the site, particularly drawn toward ones who were complaining about having a hard time at home. But they also were one of the more tyrannical mods I&#8217;ve ever heard about. They implemented a &#8220;three-strikes&#8221; rule for the group, which numbered over a thousand kids. And I don&#8217;t mean three-strikes per person, I mean three strikes total—after which they threatened that they&#8217;d shut down the forums for six months.</p>



<p>When you&#8217;re a kid, especially a kid surviving an isolating pandemic, you form bonds with your internet friends. I mean, I&#8217;ve done the same over the past five years or so. If I lost access to a couple of my Discord servers, I&#8217;d be losing connections with people who have been there for me during some really rough times—but I&#8217;m an adult with a lot more agency over my social life than these members had.</p>



<p>But the real illegal thing Mod X did was link to their adult fetish site in the forums, where they basically sent the kids to interact with other predatory adults. They were also letting a lot of these predators into the actual forums to interact with the kids there too.</p>



<p>In May 2023, some of the kids complained to higher ups at NaNoWriMo staff about Mod X, including the acting Executive Director Kilby Blades, who had taken over a few months earlier.</p>



<p>The kids did not get help. After a month, nothing had been done. Except some hush-ups—at least one kid who spoke out on the forums got banned for it. Other posts and threads on the forums were hidden and frozen, and employees in the interviews I watched reported that Blades instructed them to, &#8220;Starve it of oxygen,&#8221; &#8220;it&#8221; being any conversation about abuse.</p>



<p>But, YWP forum members started complaining too, pointing to the culture of bullying, privacy breaches, bigotry, and some of the predatory, abusive behavior they were dealing with. The abuse was as serious as kids receiving death threats, and being exposed to different adult predators. When the kids complained about one in particular, all that happened was the threads created by that adult were taken down. There were no statements or announcements that the person had been banned, which didn&#8217;t do much to make the members feel safer.</p>



<p>So, In October, a month before the 2023 challenge, one of the members posted the following in what was supposed to be a Mods-only forum (which tells you something about site security):</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>&#8220;There is always an explosion of newbies in November, and you have children as young as 13 here. And your inaction is making the site dangerous. We are being forced to defend ourselves against something we should not be dealing with because you can&#8217;t be bothered. This is more than inaction. This is dangerous incompetence. And don&#8217;t respond to this with another &#8216;we&#8217;ll do better&#8217; apology, because they never last. I&#8217;ve seen this cycle too many times. Tell us that he&#8217;s gone, that we don&#8217;t have to worry about him, and tell us what you&#8217;re doing to make sure this doesn&#8217;t happen again. And stop forcing children to be the adults in your place.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The mods responded by giving the kids one day&#8217;s notice before closing the forum for a week.</p>



<p>Teens created a separate site to air their experiences where their posts couldn&#8217;t be erased, which I&#8217;ll link in the notes. These examples were far from the only ones of creepy, inappropriate, or downright illegal actions against kids. There were even allegations of sexual assaults taking place at local events. And since they were in public places like coffee shops, the volunteer MLs felt they had no power to kick anyone out, no matter what they&#8217;d done.</p>



<p>Now, regardless of whether I buy<em> that </em>excuse or not isn&#8217;t the point. The point is nobody was doing anything to help these kids or hold the adults in question accountable. So, they brought their complaints to the FBI, along with over a hundred pages of evidence. Then they brought it to the NaNoWriMo board—who was admittedly pretty removed from daily ops.</p>



<p>The staff and board ended up doing exactly what Mod X had threatened to do to the Christian Teens Together members. They shut the forums down, this time permanently.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The ML Exodus</h2>



<p>A lot of MLs were quitting around that time. After all, they&#8217;d been urged to get as many local teachers and students into these forums as possible, and they understandably couldn&#8217;t stomach hanging out after what had happened.</p>



<p>But still others quit due to a contract NaNo HQ demanded they sign within two weeks of receipt—one that most lawyers would never let a client sign off on. The good thing about it is they stipulated background checks for all volunteers. Great. What wasn&#8217;t so great were some of the other rules.</p>



<p>One was that all NaNo-related communications could only take place through the site, which meant no more forums or Discords for local and regional meetups. Executive Director Kilby Blade was noted to have told employees that she didn&#8217;t understand the point of forums anyway—she believed writers’ retreats (famously an affordable option) were much more effective.</p>



<p>Even weirder is that the contract demanded that MLs never share information in any language but English, even though the organization spanned multiple countries. To illustrate the problem with that—in Canada, it&#8217;s the law that all official communications must be presented bilingually, in both English and French.</p>



<p>Last of all, the new contract placed full liability on MLs (which, for the billionth time, are volunteers) for anything that happened at their events or within their online communities. And with the way abuse had become so rampant and unpunished by actual staff or mods, that was not a risk people were willing to take.</p>



<p>And there&#8217;s so much, SO MUCH, more that I simply do not have the time to cover, and we&#8217;re not even to the part that people actually paid attention to!</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">2024 AI Statement</h2>



<p>Good graces toward NaNoWriMo, which had already been tanking, were at their breaking point. And you&#8217;d think everything I&#8217;ve just described would do it, right? But what actually put the nail in the coffin was last year&#8217;s infamous statement on AI released on August 8, 2024. If you&#8217;ve seen any part of this already, it&#8217;s undoubtedly that statement, which I am now going to read.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“NaNoWriMo does not explicitly support any specific approach to writing, nor does it explicitly condemn any approach, including the use of AI. NaNoWriMo&#8217;s mission is to &#8220;provide the structure, community, and encouragement to help people use their voices, achieve creative goals, and build new worlds—on and off the page.&#8221; We fulfill our mission by supporting the humans doing the writing.&nbsp;</p>
</blockquote>



<p>[They link here to an article that no longer exists&#8230;]</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“We also want to be clear in our belief that the categorical condemnation of Artificial Intelligence has classist and ableist undertones, and that questions around the use of AI tie to questions around privilege.</p>



<p>“Classism. Not all writers have the financial ability to hire humans to help at certain phases of their writing. For some writers, the decision to use AI is a practical, not an ideological, one. The financial ability to engage a human for feedback and review assumes a level of privilege that not all community members possess.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>(ESPECIALLY WHEN FORUMS ARE SHUT DOWN)</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“Ableism. Not all brains have the same abilities and not all writers function at the same level of education or proficiency in the language in which they are writing. Some brains and ability levels require outside help or accommodations to achieve certain goals. The notion that all writers “should“ be able to perform certain functions independently is a position that we disagree with wholeheartedly. There are a wealth of reasons why individuals can&#8217;t &#8220;see&#8221; the issues in their writing without help.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>(ESPECIALLY WHEN THEY&#8217;RE WORKING ON AN INACCESSIBLE WEBSITE)</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“General Access Issues. All of these considerations exist within a larger system in which writers don&#8217;t always have equal access to resources along the chain. For example, underrepresented minorities are less likely to be offered traditional publishing contracts, which places some, by default, into the indie author space, which inequitably creates upfront cost burdens that authors who do not suffer from systemic discrimination may have to incur.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>(WHAT ABOUT WHEN THEY&#8217;RE BULLIED OR HARASSED IN THEIR WRITING COMMUNITIES WITH NO CONSEQUENCES?)</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“Beyond that, we see value in sharing resources and information about AI and any emerging technology, issue, or discussion that is relevant to the writing community as a whole. It&#8217;s healthy for writers to be curious about what&#8217;s new and forthcoming, and what might impact their career space or their pursuit of the craft. Our events with a connection to AI have been extremely well-attended, further-proof that this programming is serving Wrimos who want to know more.”</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“For all of those reasons, we absolutely do not condemn AI, and we recognize and respect writers who believe that AI tools are right for them. We recognize that some members of our community stand staunchly against AI for themselves, and that&#8217;s perfectly fine. As individuals, we have the freedom to make our own decisions.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>I mean, how do you feel about that? Particularly if you are from one of those underrepresented groups or have a &#8220;brain of different ability&#8221;?</p>



<p>People didn&#8217;t like that. And I&#8217;m going to be kind of charitable here to said &#8220;people&#8221;, and speculate that it drew more attention than the child exploitation issue because that was something that affected a group outsiders weren&#8217;t aware of. If you hadn&#8217;t been a dedicated NaNoWriMo person, you probably didn&#8217;t know about it. If I hadn&#8217;t been a participant for half of November 2023, I would have had no idea.</p>



<p>But the AI statement addressed a wider cultural phenomenon that has been the hottest conversation topic for anyone who creates art.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Critics also speculated that this post may have had something to do with one of their sponsors, ProWritingAid, which had introduced a robust generative AI function called &#8220;Sparks.&#8221; For transparency—I did subscribe to ProWritingAid with the intent of using it as a grammar checker a while back and hadn&#8217;t really been paying attention to it until I started researc hing this.&nbsp;</p>



<p>(To be completely honest, I&#8217;ve barely been using it. It has this weird alignment and formatting problem where, if you accept one of its edits, it inserts the change into a completely different line and sometimes into the middle of a word. And I guess I now understand why running the program uses so much RAM. I won&#8217;t be renewing my membership.)&nbsp;</p>



<p>Regardless—that&#8217;s some egg on my face!</p>



<p>Pandemonium ensued after that statement. Authors Daniel José Older and Maureen Johnson stepped down from the board—Older doing it in a Tweet that added a &#8220;Never use my name in your promo again in fact never say my name at all and never email me again.&#8221; Writers who had previously written bestselling novels during NaNoWriMo, like Erin Morgenstern, author of <em>The Night Circus</em>, condemned the statement. Ellipsus dropped out as a sponsor, which is how I found out about them, so yay for that!</p>



<p>NaNo HQ issued a retraction, kinda, in September 2024 that read as follows:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“Taking a position of neutrality was not an abandonment of writers’ legitimate concerns about AI. It was an acknowledgment that NaNoWriMo can’t maintain a civil, inclusive community if we allow selective intolerance. We absolutely believe that AI must be discussed and that its ethical use must be advocated-for. What we don’t believe is that NaNoWriMo belongs at the forefront of that conversation. That debate should continue to thrive within the greater writing community as technologies continue to evolve.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>“We apologize that our original message was unclear and seemingly random. Our note on ableism and classism was rooted in the desire to point out that, for people in certain circumstances, some forms of AI can be life-changing. We certainly don’t believe those with concerns about AI to be classist or ableist. Not being more careful about our wording was a bad decision on our part.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p>A little bit of a sorry-not-sorry there, but either way the damage was done. The good will that nonprofits rely upon to stay afloat was completely shattered.</p>



<p>On March 31, 2025, Kilby Blades posted a Powerpoint presentation on YouTube, discussing the organization&#8217;s dwindling finances, the results of so-called community vitriol, and letting everyone know that NaNoWriMo was no more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">So now what?</h2>



<p>NaNoWriMo started out as an idea, and that idea was driven by a spirit of fun and community and creative expression. Some people are trying to keep the party going.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Funny enough, ProWritingAid has created a clone of NaNo called &#8220;Novel November&#8221;, which definitely isn&#8217;t anti-AI. I did poke around in there, and it&#8217;s very similar to late-stage NaNo in that it offers rewards, badges, communities divided up by genres and interests, and a slew of sponsors and partners (former HPS guest Ellipsus is notably not on there).</p>



<p>Ellipsus did post some &#8220;preptober&#8221; templates that people can use to prepare to write a novel in November. There&#8217;s only one day left, sure, but that means you STILL HAVE TIME.</p>



<p>Some, &#8220;content creator&#8221; types are running challenges within their own communities, paid and unpaid, as are a few other writer-related businesses. I&#8217;ve noticed several have knocked about ten to twenty-thousand words off the 50k goal, and that&#8217;s probably more realistic for the way life is right now for most people.</p>



<p>But Chris Baty, who started the challenge in 1999, hasn&#8217;t lost love for it. He put up a site called &#8220;NaNo 2.0&#8221; for people who want to do the challenge on their own terms. Instead of accounts, wordcounters, groups and additional programs, there&#8217;s instructions, suggestions, and a link to a Bluesky account with about 400 members.</p>



<p>But you don&#8217;t really need any of this stuff to write a Novel in November. You can do it alone. You can do it with a couple of your friends, or you can make it last all year.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Content, Community, and Capitalism</h2>



<p>So, what can we learn from this twenty-five year saga? How do we make sense of it?</p>



<p>First, it&#8217;s not enough to just throw out a &#8220;because capitalism&#8221;, because even though that&#8217;s a big part of it, it&#8217;s reductive. Individual egos, cynical leadership, and authoritarian mindsets are definitely ingredients. A general culture disrespect for and disbelief of children is as well. But it&#8217;s tough to argue that money wasn&#8217;t a driver for a lot of poor decisions that were made throughout this story.</p>



<p>So in a time where nonprofits are getting widely defunded, while the cost of living is rising faster than salaries can keep up, it&#8217;s a great time to see what we can do cooperatively. Especially when it comes to things that bring us joy.</p>



<p>Nonprofits aren&#8217;t corporations, but trying to manage a de-centralized movement like NaNoWriMo using one centralized organization is kind of indicative of how we approach creativity and community these days. Small communities get hurtful and messy, and terrible things can happen there—that&#8217;s also clear from this story. Mods in small groups, even ones who *aren&#8217;t* predators, can be power-hungry jerks or just make hurtful mistakes. But trying to engineer hundreds of small groups means these conflicts have the potential to hideously spiral into harmful patterns and then spur massive coverups.</p>



<p>And when corporations *do* come into play, we run the risk of dehumanizing writers in a way that we&#8217;re all too familiar with by now.</p>



<p>Your art becomes *content*. Your value comes from your ability to produce content. And that way of looking at it will suck the creativity out of you. And when everything is based on the anxiety of competition, it might even tempt some folks to turn to generative AI, even when the the goal of writing a novel in November is just to create a first draft, not complete and sell an entire book.</p>



<p>You&#8217;re not there to finish a book. You&#8217;re not there to source an entire project team for your self-publishing journey. You&#8217;re not there to make yourself into a product to be bought.</p>



<p>All you need to do is write. You can worry about the other stuff later.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Sound Credits</h3>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Jester Dance by Conquest | <a href="https://freetouse.com/music/conquest">https://freetouse.com/music/conquest&nbsp;&nbsp;</a></li>



<li>Meditation Music by <a href="https://pixabay.com/users/danamusic-31920663/?utm_source=link-attribution&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=music&amp;utm_content=416756">Dana Music</a> from <a href="https://pixabay.com//?utm_source=link-attribution&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=music&amp;utm_content=416756">Pixabay</a></li>



<li>Typing Sound Effect by <a href="https://pixabay.com/users/dragon-studio-38165424/?utm_source=link-attribution&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=music&amp;utm_content=356118">DRAGON-STUDIO</a> from <a href="https://pixabay.com/sound-effects//?utm_source=link-attribution&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=music&amp;utm_content=356118">Pixabay</a></li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Sources</h3>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://web.archive.org/web/20180911090744/nanowrimo.org/history">History told from NaNo&#8217;s POV, on Archive.org</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKPXKg_hwdU&amp;t=18s">Interview with Chris Baty</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.ravenoak.net/the-fall-of-nanowrimo/">Fall of the House of NaNoWriMo?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.ravenoak.net/the-fall-continues/">The Fall Continues</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=--bS5h_-ZAk&amp;t=44s">The Tragic Downfall of NaNoWriMo | Deep Dive &#8211; Savy Writes Books</a></li>



<li>Reddit Thread: &#8220;Discords, forums and a decade’s worth of allegations: how Nanowrimo ignited a revolution against it &#8211; <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/HobbyDrama/comments/1ae3038/writing_discords_forums_and_a_decades_worth_of/">part one</a> and <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/HobbyDrama/comments/1ae33g5/writing_discords_forums_and_a_decades_worth_of/">part two</a></li>



<li><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1NQ6hMEpFfhrBTCcxV_8tgRChBX8Zxsco/view">Leaked Municipal Liaison Contract</a></li>



<li><a href="https://writerbeware.blog/2016/04/29/spam-spam-spam-spam-inkitt-and-the-grand-novel-contest/">Victoria Strauss&#8217;s coverage of Inkitt from 2016</a></li>



<li><a href="https://medium.com/@MegDixonWrites/nanowrimo-moderator-accused-of-child-exploitation-77a17f395365">NaNoWriMo Moderator accused of child exploitation</a></li>



<li><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/e/2PACX-1vSYcdosGLoPFI_Dc--vuC9Bl4-OUFGcmHgBRt2aHSRVWBPc6su4AMFY5iDgZGyC379Zm8C7zhBd2zuf/pub">NaNo Scandal Summary Doc</a></li>



<li><a href="https://speak-out.carrd.co/#testimonials">Speak Out site for former YWP members</a></li>



<li><a href="https://web.archive.org/web/20240902144333/https://nanowrimo.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/29933455931412-What-is-NaNoWriMo-s-position-on-Artificial-Intelligence-AI">AI Statement from NaNo HQ</a></li>



<li><a href="https://slate.com/technology/2024/09/national-novel-writing-month-ai-bots-controversy.html">Inside the Heated Controversy That’s Tearing a Writing Community Apart</a></li>



<li><a href="https://danieljosolder.substack.com/p/nanohellno">Daniel José Older&#8217;s resignation post</a></li>



<li><a href="https://ellipsus.com/blog/nanowrimo-sponsorship-generative-ai">Ellipsus&#8217;s sponsorship retraction</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nano2.org/">NaNo 2.0</a></li>



<li><a href="https://ellipsus.com/blog/3-preptober-templates">Ellipsus Preptober Templates</a></li>



<li><a href="https://trackbear.app/">Track Bear word tracking tool</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/nanowrimo/comments/1gmnclc/megathread_30_for_nano_alternatives_writing/">Thread for NaNo Alternatives, Writing Discords &amp; Resources</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TR6NnjgeIIY">&#8220;State of NaNoWriMo&#8221; closing announcement</a></li>
</ul><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-82-nanonowwhat/">Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-82-nanonowwhat/">Episode 82: NaNoNowWhat?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4825</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 81: Ellipsus—an AI-Free Tool for Collaborative Writing</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-81-ellipsus-an-ai-free-tool-for-collaborative-writing/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-81-ellipsus-an-ai-free-tool-for-collaborative-writing</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2025 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[publishing software]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4808</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Rex Mizrach shares why Ellipsus is a unique writing program, along with their principled stance on avoiding generative AI.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-81-ellipsus-an-ai-free-tool-for-collaborative-writing/">Episode 81: Ellipsus—an AI-Free Tool for Collaborative Writing</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-81-ellipsus-an-ai-free-tool-for-collaborative-writing/">Episode 81: Ellipsus—an AI-Free Tool for Collaborative Writing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I spoke with Rex at Ellipsus about what makes their writing program unique and about their principled stance on generative AI.</h3>



<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/981a6217-8517-44e3-81b1-d328d5add76e/"></iframe></div>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><em>We’re building Ellipsus as a platform that prioritizes transparency, trust, independence, and creative freedom. Writers shouldn’t have to trade their privacy or their ownership for good tools. The rise of AI scraping and big tech overreach only made that more urgent for us. </em>—Rex at Ellipsus</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Whatever your attitude toward emerging technologies, we can probably agree it’s tough to be online these days. The tools available seem to be multiplying for some and dwindling for others—particularly for those who don’t want to use generative AI. A growing distrust of big tech is leading people to search for less exploitative options than Google or Microsoft.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Fortunately for them (and also me), new developers are creating tools that don’t push AI without the opportunity to opt-in. One of those new tools is Ellipsus, a writing tool created by a small group of writers who wanted better collaborative document options, and who are solidly for transparency, privacy, and writers&#8217; rights to their own work.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What Makes Ellipsus Different</h2>



<p>As a text editor, Ellipsus is a lot like Google Docs, but more focused on better performance for large docs. It’s got a git-style feature for better version control, richer permissions, flexibility, and creative customizations. It’s got a unique knack for supporting real-time collaboration, and is simple enough to start using right away.&nbsp;</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">How Ellipsus Addresses Concerns about AI, Privacy, and Access</h2>



<p>Ellipsus has been very clear on their stance: no generative AI in the program, ever. They believe writers’ work shouldn’t be harvested to train models without consent. Generative AI, when built on creative labor, undermines originality, and they believe putting it inside a writing tool would be fundamentally counterproductive to fostering genuine voices. Ellipsus&#8217;s creators want it to be a safe space for writers, and are working on offering better encryption and privacy protections, too.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Things that Make Ellipsus Fun</h2>



<p>Things that Make Ellipsus Fun</p>



<p>Ellipsus has a vibrant Discord community of writers providing mutual support, betas, collaborators, and the opportunity to commune. Collaboration options in the documents themselves are pretty fun too—I love being able to create different drafts for different beta readers so no one has to feel put on the spot.</p>



<p>And another small but mighty feature is the variety of different skins you can apply to your program (my current favorite is Red Velvet <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/15.0.3/72x72/1f60a.png" alt="😊" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/15.0.3/72x72/1f382.png" alt="🎂" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />).</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Links of Interest</h3>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://ellipsus.com/">Try it for yourself for free on Ellipsus’s website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://ellipsus.com/generative-ai">Ellipsus’s statement on generative AI </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.wired.com/story/nanowrimo-organizers-classist-and-ableist-to-condemn-ai/">NaNoWriMo Organizers Said It Was Classist and Ableist to Condemn AI. All Hell Broke Loose</a></li>



<li><a href="https://removepaywalls.com/https://www.wired.com/story/what-happens-when-a-romance-author-gets-locked-out-of-google-docs">What Happens When a Romance Writer Gets Locked Out of Google Docs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/81.Ellipsus-mixdown.pdf">Episode 81 transcript</a></li>
</ul><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-81-ellipsus-an-ai-free-tool-for-collaborative-writing/">Episode 81: Ellipsus—an AI-Free Tool for Collaborative Writing</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-81-ellipsus-an-ai-free-tool-for-collaborative-writing/">Episode 81: Ellipsus—an AI-Free Tool for Collaborative Writing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4808</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 08:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[indie publishing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[self-publishing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4596</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>I think books have a purpose for an author, and mine is about impacting change, helping people take what they want, and hopefully making their life or their team&#8217;s lives better. Karl Becker I&#8217;ve been lucky to work with Karl Becker on his three books, Set Up to Win, Sales &#38; Marketing Alignment, and Iceberg ... <a title="Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker/">Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker/">Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>I think books have a purpose for an author, and mine is about impacting change, helping people take what they want, and hopefully making their life or their team&#8217;s lives better.</p>
<cite>Karl Becker</cite></blockquote>



<p>I&#8217;ve been lucky to work with Karl Becker on his three books, <em>Set Up to Win</em>, <em>Sales &amp; Marketing Alignment</em>, and <em>Iceberg Selling</em>. After the publication of his latest book, I realized it was way past time to invite Karl to chat! In this episode, we talk about his experiences as an author and how they have transformed his business and life. We also share what it&#8217;s been like to work on these projects together and how the writing process has taught us both that surprises, sometimes pretty big ones, are inevitable when you create a book.</p>



<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/ff239f67-a176-418b-97c4-b3b0338f4cf7/"></iframe></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">In this episode, we cover&#8230;</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>What Karl&#8217;s expectations were before writing a book and how his world has changed since becoming a published author.</li>



<li>How the process of writing three books has helped him understand his own work better, form deeper connections with more people, and serve his customers better.</li>



<li>The eye-opening possibilities that come from writing with a partner whose expertise differs from your own.</li>



<li>A story about ditching your head trash and getting out of your own way from Karl’s latest book, <em>Iceberg Selling</em>.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Guest Bio</h2>



<p>Karl Becker has founded and run numerous companies over the last thirty years and now runs Improving Sales Performance, a consultancy that supports sales organizations to build high-performing teams and achieve their revenue goals. He is the author of <em>Set up to Win: Three Frameworks to a High-Performing Sales Organization</em> and <em>Sales &amp; Marketing Alignment</em>. He has a BA in economics from Colorado College and an MBA from the University of Colorado, Boulder. You can learn more about him and his work at improvingsalesperformance.com.</p>



<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-core-columns-is-layout-3 wp-block-columns-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Set-Win-Frameworks-Performing-Organization/dp/0578849623/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2CKPWRS76O2KJ&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.UsgQk0ZNISLL9ZO0TyYf8gZOYIqUkvOZ_3yEvAprGj8CtBxwLEbWRGuUbIkvaexHw25mzKrCJKjL3zAWzw4cWoy0WTQbAIznJ91dPDofQHLs54VdqreM-YFPuIo5bA--yKH0Mh8Zb9mBj11xumAzQnWQuzTuiN0kfdMawQ4U2Jel7Wn_m8r-VLdn_uQa5ZBq8r6X12uJ3bkZK0ALZI0wo3B1urrJc43CTXI2iN-G2go.GN6OGTw3B5nLL3JHcFN7GH_PSOfBIY-cmy5fIMpyS1A&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;keywords=set+up+to+win&amp;qid=1708383731&amp;sprefix=set+up+to+wi%2Caps%2C179&amp;sr=8-1"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="432" height="648" data-attachment-id="4549" data-permalink="https://hybridpubscout.com/about/finished-products-portfolio/becker-frontcover-1-2/#main" data-orig-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Becker-frontcover-1.jpeg" data-orig-size="432,648" data-comments-opened="0" data-image-meta="{&quot;aperture&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;credit&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;camera&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;caption&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;created_timestamp&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;copyright&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;focal_length&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;iso&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;shutter_speed&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;title&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;orientation&quot;:&quot;1&quot;}" data-image-title="Becker-frontcover-1" data-image-description="&lt;p&gt;Cover of Set Up to Win by Karl Becker. Orange print that says &#8220;Set Up to Win: Three Frameworks to a High Performing Sales Organization&#8221;&lt;/p&gt;
" data-image-caption="" data-medium-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Becker-frontcover-1.jpeg" data-large-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Becker-frontcover-1.jpeg" src="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Becker-frontcover-1.jpeg" alt="Cover of Set Up to Win by Karl Becker. Orange print that says &quot;Set Up to Win: Three Frameworks to a High Performing Sales Organization&quot;" class="wp-image-4549"/></a></figure>
</div>



<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Sales-Marketing-Alignment-Unstuck-Succeed/dp/B0B6KXWMR1/ref=pd_bxgy_img_d_sccl_1/147-7649678-2956630?pd_rd_w=5wZtu&amp;content-id=amzn1.sym.615d9037-0d71-4715-8421-5695fbf26656&amp;pf_rd_p=615d9037-0d71-4715-8421-5695fbf26656&amp;pf_rd_r=HAC1P9QE7TBY7V41QP20&amp;pd_rd_wg=l2bMk&amp;pd_rd_r=a4e09d81-ee2d-4690-95ef-6611763419ab&amp;pd_rd_i=B0B6KXWMR1&amp;psc=1"><img decoding="async" width="683" height="1024" data-attachment-id="4548" data-permalink="https://hybridpubscout.com/about/finished-products-portfolio/final_cover/#main" data-orig-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-scaled.jpg" data-orig-size="1707,2560" data-comments-opened="0" data-image-meta="{&quot;aperture&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;credit&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;camera&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;caption&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;created_timestamp&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;copyright&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;focal_length&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;iso&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;shutter_speed&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;title&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;orientation&quot;:&quot;0&quot;}" data-image-title="final_cover" data-image-description="" data-image-caption="" data-medium-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-200x300.jpg" data-large-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-683x1024.jpg" src="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-683x1024.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-4548" srcset="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-683x1024.jpg 683w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-200x300.jpg 200w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-768x1152.jpg 768w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-1024x1536.jpg 1024w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-1365x2048.jpg 1365w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/final_cover-scaled.jpg 1707w" sizes="(max-width: 683px) 100vw, 683px" /></a></figure>
</div>



<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow wp-block-column-is-layout-flow">
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Iceberg-Selling-Salesperson-Looking-Surface/dp/B0CLP6T74B/ref=sr_1_1?crid=QK8N6UEMKN5M&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.VV3x9xFyIV8U407p2dXc7ZuSVCJGMDrldC6sq7a0uML2sJBcvszccAwtFGjXebcUfrsUDGVgl2fjhpIayvyRojWRXaaukoUEDsFVptWPDJ9ImFnx9TdRtAPJWzJ_XgndpFt3BAK_MFJBxGR3J3PBP42QHBl9f8sIjJ5tEHHmSq2Tx6BZ1GHtAVSqkudnMXUrub-k3xs1bs_iCT_nsFQdbmfhIBPbKcaV2UZlOW2yT2o.wTZTImR0NQfz4-Ie82DdptY-sorrkkOIHo1fXw-64Co&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;keywords=iceberg+selling&amp;qid=1708383775&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=iceberg+selling%2Cstripbooks%2C143&amp;sr=1-1"><img decoding="async" width="731" height="1024" data-attachment-id="4547" data-permalink="https://hybridpubscout.com/about/finished-products-portfolio/icebergselling-frontcover-final/#main" data-orig-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final.jpg" data-orig-size="1500,2100" data-comments-opened="0" data-image-meta="{&quot;aperture&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;credit&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;camera&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;caption&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;created_timestamp&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;copyright&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;focal_length&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;iso&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;shutter_speed&quot;:&quot;0&quot;,&quot;title&quot;:&quot;&quot;,&quot;orientation&quot;:&quot;0&quot;}" data-image-title="IcebergSelling-frontcover-final" data-image-description="" data-image-caption="" data-medium-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-214x300.jpg" data-large-file="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-731x1024.jpg" src="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-731x1024.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-4547" srcset="https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-731x1024.jpg 731w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-214x300.jpg 214w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-768x1075.jpg 768w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-1097x1536.jpg 1097w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final-1463x2048.jpg 1463w, https://hybridpubscout.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/IcebergSelling-frontcover-final.jpg 1500w" sizes="(max-width: 731px) 100vw, 731px" /></a></figure>
</div>
</div>



<p>Featured above are Karl&#8217;s books, <em>Set Up to Win</em>, <em>Sales &amp; Marketing Alignment</em>, and <em>Iceberg Selling</em>. You can get more info on their contents and my role in bringing them to life on my <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/about/finished-products-portfolio/">portfolio page</a>. You can also learn more about Karl&#8217;s work at <a href="https://www.improvingsalesperformance.com/">improvingsalesperformance.com</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript — Episode 80: Karl Becker</h2>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:21</p>



<p>Welcome to the Hybrid Pub Scout Podcast, with me, Emily Einolander, where we&#8217;re helping you navigate indie publishing. Today&#8217;s guest is Karl Becker. Karl Becker has founded and run numerous companies over the last 30 years, and now runs Improving Sales Performance, a consultancy that supports sales organizations to build high performing teams and achieve their revenue goals. He is the author of Set Up to Win: Three Frameworks to a High Performing Sales Organization, and Sales and Marketing Alignment. And now the new Iceberg Selling. He has a BA in economics from Colorado College and an MBA from the University of Colorado Boulder. You can learn more about him and his work at improvingsalesperformance.com or just ask me because we&#8217;ve been working together for three years, right?</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>01:11</p>



<p>That&#8217;s right, at least three years. And it&#8217;s been amazing. It&#8217;s been a heck of a journey and a heck of a friendship. And I think we&#8217;ve done some really fun, great, hopefully inspirational and impactful work.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>01:24</p>



<p>Yeah, and I&#8217;ve been wanting you to come on and talk for a long time. But I felt like after Iceberg Selling, Okay, well, we need to talk about this, because this is a really good book, and you&#8217;re going on other podcasts talking about it. So I can&#8217;t let you just do that without coming on mine too.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>01:41</p>



<p>Absolutely. You know, I love talking about all this stuff. I&#8217;m a huge fan of what we&#8217;ve done together, and I love talking about the books and the message. And you know, with Iceberg Selling, we have a business book, but we&#8217;ve got drawings, a walrus and polar bears, and that&#8217;s in it. So it doesn&#8217;t always have to be buttoned up. It&#8217;s super fun.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>02:00</p>



<p>And the person who did the polar bears and walruses, the illustrations in your book, also did the branding for Hybrid Pub Scout. So that is that crossover Leigh Thomas, thank you for being awesome. So we have three books that we did together. Why did you want to do that?</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>02:20</p>



<p>Well, it was like one of these life moment stories. And I think if you read Iceberg Selling, if you hear me in other podcasts, you know, I&#8217;m all about possibility. I don&#8217;t always know what&#8217;s going to happen. No surprise right there. My crystal ball isn&#8217;t perfect. But I&#8217;m always open to like, well, what is going to happen? I&#8217;m kind of open to the yeses in the world. And, so when we met, we were working together, doing kind of different things. And then we just started to get to know each other more. And I think that&#8217;s, there&#8217;s kind of a hint there, right? Like, I wouldn&#8217;t have known that you would have been such an exceptional writing partner. And I wouldn&#8217;t have you wouldn&#8217;t have known I had a book in me if we didn&#8217;t just become friends and start to talk. So I think that a big part of everything is just trying to get excited about the people you&#8217;re with and learning.&nbsp;</p>



<p>But the story I want to tell about these books, and why I wrote them is, when we first started writing, I was convinced this book was going to be a workbook, I was convinced, oh, I&#8217;ve got all these kinds of exercises I use, and I&#8217;m going to put them all together, and it&#8217;s going to be a book. And it&#8217;s going to be very businesslike and very practical and pragmatic. And I think it was probably the first or second meeting was certainly early on as I started to share my vision. And you were like Karl, you&#8217;re all about change. This book isn&#8217;t about worksheets, this is about change, and how to help people change and navigate that. And that was such this pivotal moment of my life, because I knew I had books in me, I love to create, but you don&#8217;t always know what you don&#8217;t know. And sometimes having a guide that sees things differently is just an amazing thing. So I am so grateful that you are open to hearing what I thought I wanted to do, but also reflecting back the deeper the deeper thing that I was trying to communicate the deeper book that was in me. And I tell that to numerous people, because I&#8217;m so proud of the books we&#8217;ve created, and that first one Set Up to Win, wouldn&#8217;t have been what it was if you didn&#8217;t understand me and see deeper why I wanted to write this book and what it was really about because it wasn&#8217;t about what I thought it was gonna be about. It&#8217;s in there. But that wasn&#8217;t the main vibe, the main story.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>04:39</p>



<p>Yeah. And I didn&#8217;t start out thinking that either. It wasn&#8217;t like I saw you and it was like, aha, he thinks all of these things about business and I&#8217;m gonna make him admit it. It was okay, we&#8217;re working on these worksheets here and that&#8217;s what I was planning for. And that&#8217;s what I was, you know, asking around about and as we were talking you were like, well Got to be able to make organizational change, you have to have this kind of person working. And this is the way you have to communicate with the leadership. And I&#8217;m like, This is not a worksheet that you&#8217;re talking about here. This is an approach. And you have all of these stories, you&#8217;re telling me because that&#8217;s how you talk. In general, like I, it&#8217;s, I try not to laugh when it happens. But I&#8217;ll be like, asking you maybe what I thought was a yes or no question. And you&#8217;ll be like, let me tell you a story.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>05:27</p>



<p>But it also be like, and the story needs to start with another story. You know, first the Earth cooled, and then the dinosaurs came? Far back. Karl, just tell me yes or no.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>05:39</p>



<p>But also, that&#8217;s where the good stuff comes out. So you set the time aside, because it&#8217;s not going to be, go right through this form and answer every question uniformly. It&#8217;s, let&#8217;s see what happens. So that&#8217;s why it&#8217;s so hard to plan a book, exactly what it&#8217;s going to be like, from day one, unless you got this really kind of rote thing going on. It&#8217;s like, we got to leave room for the surprises, because I don&#8217;t think there&#8217;s been a time that you and I have worked on something where that hasn&#8217;t happened.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>06:12</p>



<p>You know, I would even say the most recent book, I think if we look at how it started, we were gonna write a book about sales stories. And this was our third book working together. And so you know, we play around with stories, you&#8217;re so good at pulling what you need out of my head and helping me see other things. And it&#8217;s just, it&#8217;s such a true partnership. But, you know, we had done that. And I think we were almost 50-60% through this vision of this book. And I read it one day, and I called you and I was like, “You know, I think this isn&#8217;t the book, I think we need to do a different book.” And so sometimes where you start, and where you end isn&#8217;t the same thing. But it&#8217;s the journey, and I think that&#8217;s been so good, it&#8217;s helping me truly go on a book writing journey to get, I&#8217;m gonna call it the gold.&nbsp;</p>



<p>But for me, it&#8217;s really like getting the stories, the emotion, the message, the essence of what I&#8217;m really trying to communicate out. And I don&#8217;t know what that is, it&#8217;s like, if you just say, what&#8217;s the what&#8217;s the vibe you&#8217;re trying to get? What&#8217;s the main message? I might be like, I don&#8217;t know. But if we start to talk, it starts to kind of appear. And I think it’s so cool in that last example because of that kind of first draft of a different book, we became so incredibly efficient. With Iceberg Selling we cranked that out in a short period of time, and I think it&#8217;s the best work we&#8217;ve done yet. But I think it&#8217;s because part of writing that book was understanding what we were really doing and what I really wanted to bring forward. And I think that&#8217;s the beauty of a writing partnership. Like I knew I had books in me, I know I have stories and lessons I want to tell. But like so many things in life, just having a guide and a partner enables people to bring different strengths forward. And that one plus one equals three, when it happens.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>08:07</p>



<p>Yeah, I find it extremely difficult to write by myself and I&#8217;m doing a blog series on that right now. Because people think that writing is this big solitary endeavor. And you know, you have those stretches of time where you&#8217;re all by yourself with your own brain. And that&#8217;s terrifying, and spelunking without a cave light. But the more that you interact with other people, especially ones who are passionate about writing or passionate about your subject, then you&#8217;re probably going to find things in there that you didn&#8217;t before. And we created an entire repository of your stories before we even started on this book, which was a lot of work. And I was like, oh, no, well, what if that was all for nothing? And then it was not for nothing, because, we just plucked those out of there when we were working on Iceberg Selling, and we made it teeny, tiny, but in a way that makes it easier and more accessible for people to read. Why don&#8217;t you tell us about that book a little bit. We&#8217;ve been referring to it this whole time. But if you want to give us kind of an overview.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>09:08</p>



<p>Karl, talk about what you love the most right now.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>09:12</p>



<p>Yeah, talk about your favorite thing ever that you&#8217;re currently going around and talking about on other podcasts? Like maybe just tell me about it.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>09:18</p>



<p>This is not just in case you&#8217;re like, “What is an iceberg?” I am not in the business of selling icebergs. Icebergs sell themselves.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>09:26</p>



<p>Thank you for saying that when I had coffee in my mouth.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>09:30</p>



<p>So, you know, I think this gets back to you know when we decided to write this book, I first said I want to see myself on stage. I want this book. I&#8217;m envisioning myself talking to a group of salespeople. Now, the book is also for anyone that&#8217;s not in sales. Like I&#8217;m going to tell you what it&#8217;s about. And you read it. I have been on numerous podcasts. I&#8217;ve done numerous workshops where somebody has stood up and they&#8217;ve said, these are life lessons. These are things that I can take as a parent. Whereas a leader or a manager, it&#8217;s awesome. That&#8217;s awesome. So when we talk about sales, just know if you do any communication at all, if you talk to other people at all, this actually might be fun for you to read. And so it was kind of this purpose driven book. I know, I haven&#8217;t told you what it is yet, right? Look at this guy. So it&#8217;s this purpose driven book. Like I envisioned myself talking to a bunch of salespeople. And I said to myself, what&#8217;s the one thing that if everyone left with would change their life, if it was just one thing? And the whole idea with Iceberg Selling is—I&#8217;m an iceberg. Emily, you&#8217;re an iceberg. Every problem out there is an iceberg, every client&#8217;s an iceberg. Your teenage boys are icebergs. Your older parents are icebergs. Everybody&#8217;s an iceberg. And what I mean by that is, most of the time, like an iceberg, you only see about 10% above the surface. Yet we act like we know everything about people. And, you know, if you want to get kind of funny, and it&#8217;s not that funny, but you know, the movie Titanic, right? That&#8217;s why that big boat hit that iceberg because they couldn&#8217;t see it.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>11:13</p>



<p>Hilarious.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>11:15</p>



<p>I mean, of course, you&#8217;re king in the world? No, I&#8217;m the top of the world and then you&#8217;re not. But you know, I digress. But to get real, to get really real? Imagine that, right? People only see about 10% of who you are, and you only see about 10% of who they are, even your family members. And think about how different your life would be. If you could see the 90% underneath—what is their backstory? What&#8217;s really going on for them? In a term, I like to say, what is their world? How can I get their world? And if you&#8217;re in sales, I believe in sales, you&#8217;re a guide, I don&#8217;t believe all this stuff, Wolf of Wall Street, Boiler Room. That&#8217;s entertainment. People who are really great at sales, that is not who you&#8217;re going to deal with. You&#8217;re going to deal with someone that truly cares, listens, tries to understand you fully so that they can bring the solution that solves your problem. That&#8217;s why you&#8217;re in a conversation already anyway. So I just kind of put it out there in your imagination. You know, if you&#8217;re trying to solve somebody, or you&#8217;re trying to connect or trying to understand their world, meet them where they are, but you&#8217;re only seeing 10%, you&#8217;re at a great disadvantage of getting it wrong. And in the world of sales, that could mean a really good customer ends up not becoming a customer because you missed something, or you missed a lot of things. So I get back to, the whole idea with Iceberg Selling is if everyone and everything you&#8217;re only seeing 10%, how do you start to kind of give yourself the muscle memory or the skills to get better at showing up to be able to learn more about the iceberg? And then what are some best practices to actually uncover it as well. So that you can truly understand someone and meet them where they are and start to connect and bring solutions. And so that&#8217;s the high level. That&#8217;s the whole as I said the other day, that&#8217;s Iceberg Selling in a nutshell.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>13:03</p>



<p>And that&#8217;s about as long as the book is actually.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>13:07</p>



<p>Yeah, we wrote the book to be super fast. The Audible version of it&#8217;s about two and a half hours. So it was designed to be fun, fast, easy to either read all at once or in bite sized pieces. And I just commend you in helping me design it that way. Because I didn&#8217;t want it to mimic. If I were on stage, or I was working in a workshop and talking to people, could I take them through a very short, impactful “Aha” driven journey, where at the end, they feel equipped to do something and the book matches as if I was talking to you. And even the way it&#8217;s written is very, very conversational. It&#8217;s like I&#8217;m in your head talking to you.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>13:47</p>



<p>I hope that&#8217;s what I mean for me. Yes. But that&#8217;s that&#8217;s because I have a very intense experience of actually writing the book. And I remember kind of using I&#8217;ve talked to Jesse Kwak before on this podcast, the book from Chaos to Creativity. So, you know, if any Microcosm Press people are listening right now, or just if you&#8217;re listening, I literally took your book out and was like, we should make it this size. And kind of like stagger the illustrations in this way. And Karl was like, that&#8217;s the one. So shout out to y&#8217;all, thank you for the influence. But also, I kind of wanted to touch on the fact that as a writer and as someone who collaborates in writing, how valuable the framework that you just gave us was, because if you&#8217;re interviewing someone, and it&#8217;s all just the top level stuff, who cares? Like that&#8217;s what everyone&#8217;s seeing all of the time. It&#8217;s not interesting, but when you&#8217;re really digging into something, that&#8217;s when all of the gold comes out, you know, otherwise, it might as well just be like a clickbait article. And I remember actually, when we first started working together on Set Up to Win, which is your first book, we were talking a lot about, you know, going through the sales process and the marketing process. And I sent you a meme. And I&#8217;m going to describe a meme like this is a Star Trek episode. It&#8217;s the one with the astronaut putting a gun to the back of the other astronaut&#8217;s head as he looks at the planet Earth. And I just put a diagram of the sales process and was like, it’s four act structure, always has been. So I found that my ability to think in terms of story, and that kind of trajectory really helps with me talking about the stuff that you like to teach. So that&#8217;s been a really eye opening experience for me, too. So if you like nerdy structural things like that, as I do. This has been great. I&#8217;ve learned a lot about writing copy and talking to people and growing my business. So it&#8217;s been a really valuable experience for me.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>16:04</p>



<p>Yeah. Thank you. I mean, I think what we&#8217;re also bringing to the surface here, much like what we&#8217;re talking about an Iceberg Selling were a part of Iceberg Selling, when you when you get to – how do you do it? And I&#8217;ll get there, I think it&#8217;ll make sense when I get here. The first one is to do the research. What do you understand about the situation already? And then the second one is helping that other person you&#8217;re working with. Like, hey, where are we going to go today in this conversation? The third is starting to kind of get into rapport. How do I really learn about you? And one of the things around that, just as a quick pro tip is, the more you share about yourself, the more that other person&#8217;s going to share, and then from there, you can start to co-create. And I think those two pieces are actually why you and I&#8217;ve worked so well together and why I think the books we&#8217;ve created are so exceptional. Because what I envision in this rapport building is you learn some big things about me, you know, my family, my past, what I believe in, and likewise, we know very deeply about each other in our lives. Which to me, is we are as a writing team, learning more and more about each other&#8217;s iceberg so that we find these commonalities, and you&#8217;re teaching me things I don&#8217;t know. And I&#8217;m teaching you things you don&#8217;t know, which then for the reader, in this Iceberg Selling kind of concept, we begin to co create, I&#8217;m taking an inspiration from you, you&#8217;re taking inspiration from me. And then it&#8217;s kind of like, like morphing together into the content. Right. And even though this is my book, and I&#8217;m the domain expert, the way you interpret it and see it and share back to me enables me to build it, or us to build it together in a way that I think is more universal. Like I&#8217;m taking your skills, your experience, and mine and it creates a better product. And so I think that&#8217;s what&#8217;s so interesting about creation, right? Like, I could go and build this on my own and get an editor and clean it up. But it wouldn&#8217;t be half the book that it is because we&#8217;re co creating along the way. And like I said a second ago, like the pieces of your life that helped me see things differently, and vice versa. Just create a better product for the reader.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>18:28</p>



<p>Yeah, because otherwise you&#8217;re kind of in your own head, and you have no idea whether what you&#8217;re saying makes sense to someone other than you.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>18:38</p>



<p>Right. And I think there&#8217;s an interesting lesson there. Like, I&#8217;m a business guy, I&#8217;m an entrepreneur, I&#8217;ve done it my entire life. And so to have a writing partner, your background isn&#8217;t the same as mine. Right? So for you to be able to understand what I&#8217;m communicating is a gift, because I think it enables the book to be written. Like if I wrote it just for business people, it wouldn&#8217;t be as universal, right? And I&#8217;m so close to being a business person, I&#8217;m so close to it, I may very well be suggesting or writing in a way that I think is super basic, and everyone understands, but it&#8217;s not. So I love the fact that you&#8217;re not a domain expert. You&#8217;re a domain expert in writing and understanding and interviewing and taking my thoughts and putting them together versus Oh, I know how to write a business book Karl, we’ll write it together. I think something would have been lost there because you&#8217;re learning and seeing it with fresh eyes and ears. And that&#8217;s enabling it to be really powerful and more accessible. And I think that&#8217;s one of the reasons team based writing works so well.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>19:55</p>



<p>And I would also say that even if you are just writing a business book, most human beings enjoy the story aspect of it so much, because the first part of it was all that stuff you and I were talking about, where it&#8217;s about the people and it&#8217;s about, you know, your baseball story with your sons. But everybody talked about how much they loved the first five chapters or something like that before you got into the business part of it. And these were people who do the things that you were teaching them and they&#8217;re just like, I really liked this baseball story.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>20:43</p>



<p>So I&#8217;ll tell the baseball story real quick. That your point is fascinating, right? Like it, I will tell a different story actually.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>20:49</p>



<p>This is how our conversations go.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>20:52</p>



<p>Yes, welcome to my world, right? And your world. So I think a lot of times, Okay, I&#8217;m gonna put myself out there. So so my dad and I have the same birthday. He turned 80. And we had this birthday party, and you know, it kind of a nice restaurant. There was maybe 14 people there for my dad. And I don&#8217;t know if this is right, it&#8217;s not really fair. So if he&#8217;s listening, I kind of apologize. But that&#8217;s okay, hopefully you love me unconditionally. But I feel like, for him, that day was about the dinner, a nice dinner, literally the food. And yeah, he wanted to have his family around. But for me, it didn&#8217;t matter about the food. For me, it was the experience of being around family members that I don&#8217;t see that often and celebrating my dad&#8217;s 80th birthday. And the fact that we have the same birthday, same event, very different goals are very different outcomes that we&#8217;re playing for. Sure, my dad wanted to have a nice time, but I think for him, in his mind, it was like, Okay, we have a nice dinner, and everyone&#8217;s there, and we&#8217;re gonna have a dinner, and I&#8217;m gonna pay for it. And for me, it was like, we&#8217;re all gonna be there, and we&#8217;re gonna laugh and celebrate my dad. And we&#8217;re gonna open some fun presents.&nbsp;</p>



<p>So I guess the reason I say that is, in this book, in all of the books we&#8217;ve written, but especially Set Up to Win, it&#8217;s not only about the content, but it&#8217;s about the journey the reader goes on. It&#8217;s about their personal experience with the stories and the lessons and seeing themselves in it, not just, Oh, these are the five things I&#8217;m supposed to do, or the meal that I just got. And so I do think even if you&#8217;re listening, and you have a book in you, and you have all this really great, pragmatic, smart thought leadership, I&#8217;d say yes, and awesome. But it&#8217;s also going to be about how it&#8217;s packaged and received. So that it&#8217;s more digestible, it&#8217;s more entertaining, and people want to be in it more. And that&#8217;s why instead of when, to tell the baseball story, we start with a story.&nbsp;</p>



<p>We start with a story about a friend of mine giving me some baseball tickets. I live in Colorado, I’m a Colorado Rockies fan. And so at this point in time, my kids were pretty young. And my wife and I didn&#8217;t have a chance to go out that often. Because we had young kids, one of us always had to kind of watch them. And you know how hard it is to get a sitter, if you have children. Like it&#8217;s not, it&#8217;s not as easy as it looks on TV. So I was like, Oh, I&#8217;ll take these tickets. They&#8217;re great tickets. And there&#8217;s just two of them. And I&#8217;ll take my wife, and all week we tried to get a sitter, couldn&#8217;t, couldn&#8217;t, couldn&#8217;t, couldn&#8217;t. So my oldest son, I think, was seven or eight at the time. And I said, Guess what, buddy? We&#8217;re going to a baseball game tonight. And it&#8217;s a night game. And I know you&#8217;re eight or nine or seven or eight, but we&#8217;re going to be out really late. And then he goes, Dad, are we going to catch a ball tonight? And for some crazy reason I go, yes. And if you&#8217;re a parent out there, if you promise anything to a kid, you know, I just made a big mistake. Yes, we are gonna catch a ball. So the rest of the day, I&#8217;m like, Oh my gosh, how are we gonna catch a ball? So we get in the car, we&#8217;re about to leave. And he&#8217;s like, stop. I slam on the brakes. He&#8217;s like, we forgot our mitts. And I&#8217;m like, Oh, he is like for real about this. He runs and gets this little eight year old kid mitt and my mitt, because we would play catch often, then we go to the game. And we&#8217;re there early. I&#8217;m trying to soak it all in as being a dad with a son at a baseball game. And he keeps pretending like he&#8217;s gonna catch it. And I start to believe this is really going to happen. I start to think, once the game starts, well, what if the ball does come to me, and I don&#8217;t want to be the dad that clocks, his kid and I drop the ball and someone else takes it. I&#8217;m on SportsCenter and I&#8217;m the blooper reel for the week, if not the year. So I&#8217;m like, I&#8217;m gonna stand up. I&#8217;m just gonna put my arm out. I&#8217;m gonna look up. I&#8217;m not going to take my eye off the ball. And I&#8217;m gonna catch it with my mitt and then I&#8217;m gonna make sure it&#8217;s there and it doesn&#8217;t bounce out, and I&#8217;m gonna grab it. Return to my son given this ball. Well, sure enough, it&#8217;s the third inning. He turns to me because we were going to catch up on it. Well, how about now? And Michael Dyer is at bat, and sure enough, this pop fly ball comes right to me exactly like I planned in my brain. I stand up, put my arm out, look at the ball, catch it, hold it there for a second look at my son and give it to him. And it was like this amazing moment. And of course, he asked me the question afterwards, Dad, when are we going to get the next one?</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>25:29</p>



<p>Because he&#8217;s got a brother.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>25:31</p>



<p>And so I start the book with that, because there&#8217;s a lot of intentionality to that story, right and faith in yourself and belief and possibility. But then fast forward. The second part of that story is, and Emily, you kind of told them, I have a second son. So I&#8217;m speaking at a conference in Dallas, and the Texas Rangers are out of Dallas. And we like to go to baseball stadiums when we travel. It&#8217;s kind of a way to kind of show my kids America and kind of what they&#8217;re like in that city. So I go, what if I wanted to catch another ball? What would I do? And I was like, Okay, I bet I could systematize this. I&#8217;m gonna sit off at third base. I&#8217;m going to dress my kids up in local team garments. So we look like Texas Ranger fans, all four of us. You&#8217;re gonna bring a kid because baseball players love kids. And if the ball you know, is a foul ball, and I don&#8217;t catch it, but it rolls on the field, I&#8217;ll probably throw it up to a kid. When I&#8217;m also just going to keep this positive. Nice, I&#8217;m gonna believe. And sure enough, it&#8217;s the ninth inning that it&#8217;s tied up. My family&#8217;s looking at me like we&#8217;re not getting the ball. I’m like, No, we are going to get one today. I believe that with all my heart. It goes into an extra inning and sure enough this pop fly from the Mariners comm hits, like the nearest pops into the field, this golden glove winner, last name, Beltray comes over, picks it up, looks up, sees me and my son, and throws it to me. And so we start the book with that story. Because one, it&#8217;s just a fun story. But the whole lesson is, Chance favors the prepared. There&#8217;s all these little steps you can take towards success and in sales. It&#8217;s not one thing, and in most of life, it&#8217;s not one thing. And so I could have told the story of like, hey, sales isn&#8217;t one thing, you got to really be clear on who you are and who you sell to and how you sell it. And what&#8217;s the process? And oh, my God, I already got bored. And this is my book. So we took the idea of, how do you catch a ball, knowing that there&#8217;s all these steps? Planning where you&#8217;re going to sit is a lot like, you know, what&#8217;s the strategy I&#8217;m going to do when I talk to a customer, right? So we tried to create these ways to bring the content into an accessible way of being received and stories are so good like that. And, Emily, I guess that&#8217;s kind of where we&#8217;re going with this right is, in these books, when you can find different ways, potentially through stories to connect with the reader, it does become a journey, and it becomes a great way to engage and get your message across.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>28:10</p>



<p>So kind of like pivoting a little bit, but not really</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>28:12</p>



<p>You want to go play. You want to go to a baseball game with me? You got it anytime.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>28:16</p>



<p>Okay, thank you. I&#8217;ll take you up on that sometime. Um, so in the span of time that we&#8217;ve done these three books, there&#8217;s been a lot of evolving, and we&#8217;ve gotten better at working together. And we&#8217;ve gotten familiar with all of the stories that are in your arsenal. How has your experience of creating a book changed over time? And not just your experience of making the book, but of having the book as part of your professional portfolio?</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>28:51</p>



<p>Well answer that one first. Because gosh, it&#8217;s like night and day, it is so different. And a friend of mine once told me that maybe three or four years ago, there&#8217;s a consultant, and then there&#8217;s a consultant with a book. And it&#8217;s totally different. As soon as you have a book, you are, you are seen so differently. And your credibility is so different. And I guess I would say it&#8217;s a yes and there too. Like, yes, it is, but one of the hidden jewels of having a book is my own personal clarity. Like when we wrote Set Up to Win. When we were done, I was so much more clear on how I wanted to be in the world, how I wanted to communicate what I do for a living, how I support people, how I build teams. And then I also had a framework that I could give people so that they could get a preview of it or digested in their own time to go. Yeah, I want to work with him. And so, having a book internally is one of the most amazing things is, at least for me, I got so much more clear, because you got to write like, you can&#8217;t just have a book that&#8217;s rambling. And no, it doesn&#8217;t work. And so being able to get clearer has been one of the biggest benefits because I&#8217;m just a more effective consultant and communicator or Keynote or running a workshop. I&#8217;m just clear.&nbsp;</p>



<p>The second is amazing things happen, like, with Set Up to Win last February. In all my books, I have an invitation. Hey, if you want to talk, reach out, I love supporting people, I love talking about this stuff. So I always have an open invitation if and the same with the podcast, like if you want to reach out, reach out, I will gladly communicate with you. So I get this LinkedIn message from a guy named Jason at Semester at Sea. And he goes, I just read your book, and I&#8217;ve ordered it for my team. And I love it. And I&#8217;m wondering if you could speak at one of my events? Like, wow, okay, this is amazing. Like, wow, I don&#8217;t know who this person is, and they&#8217;ve reached out. So I got on a call with him shortly, took his LinkedIn invite, we became friends and spent the next couple months just kind of talking about how we could work together. And then I said, Hey, I&#8217;ve got this new book, would you be open to reading it? Because he&#8217;s like, I love your other two books. I was like, well, guess what, I&#8217;ve got one almost ready. And he read it, and he&#8217;s in the acknowledgments as a thank you because he gave me such great advice. And then he brought me in to do a workshop with his team for over around Iceberg Selling. And so how would that have happened if I didn&#8217;t have a book, right? And so now, not only do I have a friend, but I have a client. I&#8217;ve got a great story to tell.&nbsp;</p>



<p>But I think having a book, I talk about possibilities, right? Like it just creates possibilities that I could never have imagined. Like, I&#8217;m going to run a workshop for a bunch of people at Semester at Sea, which is a college on a boat that travels all around the world, helping people become global citizens. How blanking cool is that? And so I think it&#8217;s a credibility thing. I think it&#8217;s a focus thing. I think it&#8217;s a possibility thing and it&#8217;s a legacy thing. I have two high schoolers now, two boys that are in high school, and they&#8217;ve heard the audio book, they&#8217;ve heard me talk, they&#8217;ve read it, they&#8217;ve seen it, they know they&#8217;re in it, there are stories about them. And that&#8217;s never gonna go away. And so as a father to know that I&#8217;ve got two boys that at any point in their life, they can open up this book and see themselves or see them their father and how I was showing up in the world, then. That&#8217;s, that&#8217;s worth the price of price of admission right there. That&#8217;s blanking cool, too.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>33:05</p>



<p>Yeah, and then, have you had fun doing it?</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>33:16</p>



<p>I did it three times, because I hate it each time.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>33:22</p>



<p>Well, look, some people like to do CrossFit. Okay. We love doing things we hate to ourselves.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>33:28</p>



<p>You know, it has been fun, because it&#8217;s my time. Like, it&#8217;s my time to get what&#8217;s out of my head when I&#8217;m passionate, when I might be processing through and share it with somebody, in this case you, that cares about me and cares about the product? And yeah, it&#8217;s work. It&#8217;d be like, Oh, wow, we&#8217;re gonna have an hour and a half to two hour session where we have a general idea. We&#8217;re going to talk, we&#8217;re going to record it, we&#8217;re going to transcribe, you&#8217;re going to ask me clarifying questions. And then you&#8217;re going to cycle on it. And go, Hey, does this generally capture this? That&#8217;s work, but it&#8217;s work that when you&#8217;re done, you can see it and feel it and touch it. And it&#8217;s real. And I like so much of what many of us probably do for a living, to quote to quote like an 80s commercial for all my 80s kids out there. Where&#8217;s the beef? Where is it? And once and once you kind of start to see another piece evolve and evolve and evolve and kind of come to life and read it. It&#8217;s it&#8217;s so fun. Oh, my God, I said that this is my book. This is really cool.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>34:36</p>



<p>And it can be a little emotional sometimes too.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>34:42</p>



<p>Absolutely. Yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>34:43</p>



<p>When I was talking to this person named Amanda who does something similar to what I do, she was like, I try to prime people for the emotional experience of creating a book before we get started, because you always have these, even if it&#8217;s not actually exploring the story that does it to you. Like the waiting. And the revisions, where you go and look back over what you did and go, is this really what I want to say? Or like, Is this my life sitting here in front of me?&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>35:15</p>



<p>Well, the other part is, I would like to think this is about our relationship. You see, I can show up very raw. And I think it&#8217;s because you&#8217;ve built a really safe place for me to feel that I&#8217;m heard and understood. And I can explore something. And if I&#8217;m, if I&#8217;m tweaked, or I&#8217;m having a rough day, I&#8217;m sure there&#8217;s some recordings where I would probably be like, Oh, wow, I said that. But I think if you&#8217;re going to write a book, number one, and if you&#8217;re going to write a book with somebody else, as a teammate, as a writing partner, like you are to me, Emily, it&#8217;s not going to be right. Every time there&#8217;s going to be some, there&#8217;s going to be some times where you have to throw away all the work you did. Because, at least for me, I process out loud a lot. So part of the experience is being able to be vulnerable, and share and know that your writing partner, you, Emily, you have my back, you&#8217;re going to allow me to maybe unpack some things that I didn&#8217;t even know I was going to that&#8217;s really that. And I couldn&#8217;t do that by myself. Like if it was just me and a, I want to say typewriter.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>36:28</p>



<p>I mean, people still use them. Sometimes.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>36:32</p>



<p>But yeah, I mean, and so I think you&#8217;re right that in writing, there&#8217;s a lot of things that show up. It&#8217;s an emotional journey, because sometimes, I don&#8217;t want to do this today. But that&#8217;s where a writing partner helps, right? We&#8217;re gonna get on a call, and maybe the first 30 minutes, we&#8217;re talking and you&#8217;re a therapist for me. And then I process through whatever that was like, before we start, I want to tell you the story, you know, and, and then I&#8217;m at a place where I can get back on point and focus. And yeah, the waiting is kind of hard. And the reveals are cool, too. When the book cover comes out, when I see the illustrations, when I read a chapter that I forgot, I told a story and I&#8217;m like, Oh, my God, that was a great story. I remember that. The last part, I&#8217;ll tell you, just because I said that I was listening to the audiobook of Iceberg Selling on my way, on a trip recently. And I just turned to my family. I really liked this guy, he gets me, but that&#8217;s fun, right? Like, that&#8217;s fun to kind of see the thing you put into the world and it comes alive.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>37:41</p>



<p>And the actual collaborative process is not a performance. So I think that there&#8217;s an expectation for some people that I&#8217;ve heard talking about collaboration, where it&#8217;s like, I show up to talk to this writer, and I have everything planned out in my head in advance, and they interview me and I answer the questions flawlessly with a totally clear mind. And I always look at people describing the process that way. And I&#8217;m like, is that really what happens? Is that how other people think, and I&#8217;m not sure. Maybe someone does, but you know, if they have an entire talk planned out in advance and it&#8217;s basically just transcribing it. But you know, for us, it&#8217;s just sort of been like, let&#8217;s wade through this, like unconscious mind stuff. That&#8217;s coming out.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>38:33</p>



<p>But I mean, I do think when I wrote the first book, and I had an outline, because people come in, and they&#8217;re like, oh, you know, you have this thing called the Revenue Equation. And, you know, there&#8217;s three stages, and each stage has five questions. There&#8217;s three chapters of your book, each one I&#8217;m like, Oh, yeah. first three chapters. Yeah, and then the fourth chapter will be the summary. Got it? Yeah. And then you and I start to talk and it&#8217;s like, wait a minute that&#8217;s dry. That&#8217;s like, we don&#8217;t need a book, we already have a worksheet. And so I think, even if you&#8217;re listening on Okay, yeah, I think I know that eight chapters or 10, or 12, and maybe you do and that&#8217;s great. I&#8217;m definitely not discounting that, but at least my experience has been those are starting points. Those are inspirations. Those are kind of directional landmarks, if you will, yeah, I think I want this in the story or, Yes, I think I want this in the book. This is the point I really need to get across. But for me, getting clear of the message was something that we worked on together and we process through. And for me and how my brain works, having a partner that helps me say it out loud and reframe it and keep asking for clarification. That&#8217;s how I was able to get clear.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>39:44</p>



<p>Well, it&#8217;s been really fun. It has been emotional for me too. I will say to anyone who&#8217;s going to be doing this kind of work, you have to be emotionally open and prepared to hear sometimes stories that may remind you of something in your life that happened. It&#8217;s never not going to be an emotional experience. But if you are able to go through the entire process, then I think there are really big rewards to it. And I think that&#8217;s the entire metaphor for creating a book in the first place. Because there are so many steps to it. And it takes such a long time, even outside of the actual writing, that you kind of have to have a lot of emotional fortitude and determination to be able to finish it up. And we did it. Is there anything else that you want to share with the listeners?</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>40:38</p>



<p>This story in Iceberg selling about Tim just keeps coming up again, and again, and again for me. And so if I&#8217;m going to really honor myself, today, I&#8217;m going to tell that story, do it. But in typical fashion, where I tell you that story.&nbsp;</p>



<p>So I&#8217;m out to lunch with a Vistage chair, who&#8217;s a friend of mine. This is a peer group for business leaders where they have a coach and there&#8217;s usually 10 or 12 people and you&#8217;re talking through things. So I just wanted to give the readers that context. So I&#8217;m with my friend, Tanya, and she runs a group. And I said, Hey, I&#8217;d love to give you a book for all your members of Iceberg Selling, I just think it impacts things so powerfully. And I would love to give it to you. And I think it would be of service to your members. Yeah, if one of them wants to call me and maybe there&#8217;s an opportunity, that&#8217;s great, too. But ultimately, I played for change. And I am really proud of this book, and the more people I want to share it with, hopefully it affects people&#8217;s lives in a positive way. She said that would be great, but I need to ask you a favor. What&#8217;s that she was? What do you want me to say when I give this book to everyone? And I go, Oh, well tell him that Karl is your friend and he&#8217;s a sales consultant. This book is really great to help build salespeople and sales teams. Karl, that&#8217;s boring. And that&#8217;s going to fall flat. I need something that gets them to understand why they should read this book. And I said, Well, there&#8217;s a great story in there about a guy named Tim.&nbsp; And Tim has a bunch of stuff in his head about selling and what does selling mean? And I said, you really should listen to the story. And I&#8217;ll tell it to you right now. But tell everybody in the group. Hey, there&#8217;s this great story in there. And this is what it&#8217;s about. And Karl and I were talking that many of you in the room might have a similar baggage and head trash around this where your sales team does. So if this story resonates, read the book, and if you like it, give it to your salesman, because that&#8217;s it. That&#8217;s what I want to tell him. I&#8217;m gonna listen to the audiobook.&nbsp;</p>



<p>So that was the story before the story. Here&#8217;s a story about Tim.&nbsp;</p>



<p>I&#8217;m speaking at a workshop of about 30 early stage CEOs and founders in Houston, an early stage doesn&#8217;t mean they&#8217;re all 20 years old. We had young folks in there all the way to people in their 50s, they had all gotten funding from different angels or venture groups to build a company. And this was a workshop to help them understand how to sell. So I&#8217;m running this workshop. And one of the things I like to do as an icebreaker is just going to say, what&#8217;s the, what I call the name game, people share how they got their name. So this one guy, Tim jumps up, and he kind of shares his name game. And in the name game story, he tells the background about his father being a fighter pilot, and a bunch of really great stories. And so he introduces his father and that’s how I get to know him in this name game story. Clearly, his father&#8217;s really important to him.&nbsp;</p>



<p>So later on in the day, he tells another story about trying to close a deal. And then he has this great presentation at the end, when he goes to move to a next step. He doesn&#8217;t get the next step. And he&#8217;s never heard from the people who presented to before or again after it. And he&#8217;s really frustrated about it. So we all kind of talk about that as a group. He brings up another story before the session is over. Very similar theme, like he&#8217;s in front of people. He&#8217;s doing a presentation. They love this product, but then it never goes anywhere. This is this recurring theme. It never goes anywhere after he presents, obviously super frustrating to anyone, especially an early stage CEO who&#8217;s trying to get his company off the ground. So I wrap up and he comes up to me, he goes, Hey, do you do personal coaching? Like could you help me? I really like what you said today. Could you help me through some stuff? I said, Tim, I&#8217;ve got four hours before my flight. Let&#8217;s do it right now. He said okay.&nbsp;</p>



<p>It was a nice day in Houston. It was spring. So we go outside and we&#8217;re just sitting. And he goes, I think I have a sales problem. I hate to sell. I said well, what is sales like for you? And he&#8217;s like, Well, you know, at the end of the end of the presentation, I ask for next steps. I move forward and I saw him, and I tried to close. And I&#8217;m like, that&#8217;s not sales. That&#8217;s the stuff in the movies. We don&#8217;t need to do that. He looks a little relieved. I said you really want to work through some stuff here. And he goes, Yeah, I really do. And I said, Tim, you mentioned your father numerous times in our session today, but whenever you tell stories, you have this grin like you really admire this guy, but you also talk like he&#8217;s probably not around anymore. Like you might have lost him recently. And he kind of gets a little choked up when he&#8217;s like yeah, Yeah, my dad passed away this summer. Okay, I&#8217;m really sorry to hear that. I want to ask you a couple more questions. But they&#8217;re gonna kind of go deep. Are you sure you&#8217;re still good with this? Because if you&#8217;re going to do some consulting, you got to get permission or it ends up kind of being abuse, right?&nbsp;</p>



<p>So I said, Tim, you&#8217;ve told a couple stories about how your dad owned a mechanic shop, and he would tell stories about the sales guys who come in there to sell tires and stuff. I&#8217;m kind of picking up that your dad kind of messed with the salespeople and might not have liked him that much. He&#8217;s like, Oh, yeah, my dad, he would mess with those salespeople all the time. He really didn&#8217;t like salesmen. He doesn&#8217;t like anyone telling them what to do, which kind of tied back to this fighter pilot story where he ended up punching his superior officer to get out of the military. That&#8217;s a whole nother story. And that&#8217;s his story, not mine. I said, Tim, this is where it can get intense. I said, when you start to sell in your presentations, do you feel like you&#8217;re letting your dad down? That your dad sees you as the salesperson that he just doesn&#8217;t like? And Tim paused. And you could tell by his eyes that I was right.&nbsp;</p>



<p>And I said, Well, here&#8217;s the good news. Tim, that&#8217;s not sales. Sales is being a guide. You&#8217;ve been really good about developing this, this tech product for people in the DevOps space, and you used to do their job. And your whole reason of doing this is to make their lives easier. Can you stay in that place? Can you keep telling your story about why you invented this, why you developed this product? And then instead of feeling like you need to convince somebody, just invite them to try it? Can you just say, Would you be willing to demo this? Would you be willing to take a trial, it can be 30 days, 60 days, early stage company, right, he&#8217;s still improving because he needs people to start to use it. I said, if you do that, they&#8217;re going to see your authenticity, they&#8217;re going to see how much you care about helping them in their solution with his product. And he kind of wells up a little bit. It was an emotional afternoon for me and Tim, he goes, that&#8217;s all I need to do. Yeah, that&#8217;s all you need to do. I said, and sure enough, that&#8217;s what he started to do. And he&#8217;s emailed me and messaged me, and it&#8217;s working. And it changed his life, because he changed his mindset about what it was.&nbsp;</p>



<p>And I think, at least in my books, I&#8217;m hoping people find something that I&#8217;ve experienced in my life, whether it&#8217;s personally or as consulting, and they can apply it to theirs, and go on a journey of change or improvement, whatever it is that they want. So I appreciate you sharing, you know, asking if there&#8217;s anything else I want to share, because I think books have a purpose for an author. And for mine, it is about change and impacting change, and helping people you know, take what they want, and hopefully make their life or their team&#8217;s lives better. And in that story, when I tell that story about Tim, in a keynote, the whole audience gets quiet, they all see their dad, their mom, their whoever it is from their past that might be in their head when they do a certain job when they learn to do a certain thing. And I think that&#8217;s that shared human experience. It&#8217;s so powerful in books, when you can bring things like that forward, where my experience becomes universal or Tim&#8217;s becomes universal. And therefore the message really resonates and so I love the story about Tim, I love you let me share that. But I think that&#8217;s what good books do. You know, connect?&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>48:32</p>



<p>Yeah, and that one&#8217;s been really powerful for people based on all the conversations we&#8217;ve had. And I mean, me too. As a business owner, it can be really scary to put yourself out there and there&#8217;s all the voices in your head telling you that you&#8217;re not good enough or that you&#8217;re a big phony. And everyone&#8217;s going to discover that you don&#8217;t know what you&#8217;re talking about, actually, and seeing that in other people and then going hey, they actually do know what they&#8217;re doing. Why am I thinking these terrible things about myself? It&#8217;s very helpful.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>49:04</p>



<p>There&#8217;s that clarifying piece, there&#8217;s that piece of self exploration in whatever story you bring, because it is a big part of you that is manifesting in words and phrases and sentences and paragraphs. But yeah, thank you for letting me share that. I really appreciate that.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>49:24</p>



<p>Yeah, no, absolutely. And I really believe in this book, and it&#8217;s been really fun to do and the illustrations are fantastic. And the cover is fantastic. And I&#8217;ve been enjoying promoting it with you as well. Where would you like people to find you?</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>49:41</p>



<p>Yeah. Well, if you&#8217;re curious about me, there&#8217;s two places you can find me pretty easily. The first is we&#8217;ve talked about the book Iceberg Selling a bunch so if you just remember Iceberg Selling and you type in Icebergselling.com Or you Google Iceberg Selling and my name you&#8217;re gonna find a web page around that book. And there&#8217;s forms there and ways you can contact me on my LinkedIn profile, stuff like that. But from a kind of bigger brand, my company is called Improving Sales Performance. Same thing, you can find pictures of me there, I&#8217;m there, you can see the LinkedIn, you&#8217;re gonna be like, Oh, that&#8217;s this guy. And then reach out if you&#8217;d like Improving Sales Performances, the company side of things, and either of those avenues would be a good way to get in touch with me if you&#8217;re curious.&nbsp;</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>50:30</p>



<p>And that leads you to the books as well. They will lead you to the books. Karl, thank you so much. I&#8217;m so glad we finally did this.</p>



<p><strong>Karl Becker&nbsp; </strong>50:37</p>



<p>Yeah, thank you. It&#8217;s always fun talking to you. And I appreciate the way we can just kind of keep exploring what we&#8217;ve done together and share it. So thank you too.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>50:47</p>



<p>You can find Hybrid Pub Scout online at hybridpubscout.com, on LinkedIn, or on Instagram at Hybridpubscoutpod. Please leave a rating and review on your favorite podcast platform. And thanks for listening.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker/">Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-80-clarify-your-message-through-storytelling-with-karl-becker/">Episode 80: Clarify Your Message through Storytelling with Karl Becker</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4596</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar</title>
		<link>https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar/?utm_source=rss&#038;utm_medium=rss&#038;utm_campaign=episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Emily Einolander]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 17:12:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Interviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://hybridpubscout.com/?p=4534</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A lot of the authors that we work with are really at a kind of precipice in their career. They&#8217;re about to level up&#8230;.and that is a point at which you&#8217;re having to do so much with your mindset. At some point, not doing that self work is going to limit your growth. —Dr. Amanda ... <a title="Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar" class="read-more" href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar/" aria-label="Read more about Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar/">Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar/">Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>A lot of the authors that we work with are really at a kind of precipice in their career. They&#8217;re about to level up&#8230;.and that is a point at which you&#8217;re having to do so much with your mindset. At some point, not doing that self work is going to limit your growth.</p>
<cite>—Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar</cite></blockquote>



<p>Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar, founder of Page &amp; Podium Press, joins Emily to talk about overcoming impostor syndrome and taking the courageous step to share your story.</p>



<div style="width: 100%; height: 200px; margin-bottom: 20px; border-radius: 6px; overflow: hidden;"><iframe style="width: 100%; height: 200px;" frameborder="no" scrolling="no" allow="clipboard-write" seamless src="https://player.captivate.fm/episode/36c91887-eb58-4130-a174-aa5b22305cb6/"></iframe></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">In this episode we cover…</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Understanding the purpose of your book and what parts of your story should be in the spotlight</li>



<li>How your personal story brings value to others and how more people may connect with it than you think</li>



<li>The emotional experience of narrating your own experience, with all the baggage that might churn up (psst—getting a therapist during the book writing process is highly recommended)</li>



<li>Why you owe it to yourself not to cut corners on your book production</li>



<li>How collaboration with other authors and publishing professionals is the key to publishing a meaningful book</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Guest Bio</h2>



<p>Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar is an award-winning author, ghostwriter, and book coach and the founder of Page &amp; Podium Press. Co-author of the forthcoming <em>Summer of 2020: George Floyd and the Resurgence of the Black Lives Matter Movement</em>, Amanda has authored two nationally award-winning books and ghostwritten many more.</p>



<p>After a fifteen-year stint in academia, Amanda left university life to found Page &amp; Podium Press, a publishing company that helps leaders share their stories and ideas through world-changing books. The company has helped dozens of authors inspire their audiences with vulnerability, honesty, and the hard-won knowledge that comes from overcoming life’s most difficult challenges.&nbsp;</p>



<p>Additionally, Amanda has been invited to speak at organizations ranging from FedEx to the National Communication Association to the US Department of State, sharing relatable examples and digestible philosophy on issues of identity, leadership, and socially conscious storytelling.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Find Amanda, Her Book, and Her Guidance</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://pageandpodium.com/">The Page &amp; Podium Press official website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upress.state.ms.us/Books/T/The-Summer-of-2020">More information or to order Summer of 2020: George Floyd and the Resurgence of the Black Lives Matter Movement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://pageandpodium.com/quiz">Free book strategy quiz</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@DASAuthorServices">Page &amp; Podium YouTube channel</a></li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">And in case you missed it—check out the first blog in Hybrid Pub Scout&#8217;s series, <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/dont-write-in-vacuum-test-your-topic/">&#8220;Don&#8217;t Write in a Vacuum.&#8221; Part 1</a> is about testing your book topic and target audience, including using other people&#8217;s Amazon reviews to your advantage.</h3>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript for Episode 79 Appears Below</h2>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>00:00</p>



<p>At some point though, you need someone else. You might just even need somebody that you know that&#8217;s published before to talk you through the process. You might want somebody just to read it that&#8217;s, you know, a really close, trusted friend that you know is going to encourage you. Or you might need something more robust like a book coach, or you might, you know, work with a publishing company. You will need somebody. No book has ever been published that was just one person and had it do really well.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>00:51</p>



<p>Welcome to the Hybrid Pub Scout podcast with me, Emily Einolander, helping you navigate indie publishing. Today&#8217;s guest is Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar. Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar is an award winning author, ghostwriter and book coach and the founder of page and podium press, co author of the forthcoming summer of 2020, George Floyd and the resurgence of the Black Lives Matter movement. Amanda has authored two nationally award winning books and ghostwritten many more. After a 15 year stint in academia, Amanda left university life to found Paige and podium press, a publishing company that helps leaders share their stories and ideas through world changing books. The company has helped dozens of authors inspire their audiences with vulnerability, honesty, and the hard won knowledge that comes from overcoming life&#8217;s most difficult challenges. Additionally, Amanda has been invited to speak at organizations ranging from FedEx to the National Communication Association to the US Department of State sharing relatable examples and digestible philosophy on issues of identity leadership and socially conscious storytelling. Welcome, Amanda. Thank you so much for having me. I&#8217;m so excited to be here. It&#8217;s great to have you here. I just remember being on LinkedIn and seeing what you do. And being like, that reminds me a lot of what I like to do for people, and clearly lots and lots of experience doing it. Oh, yeah, well, it was truly the best of LinkedIn, because sometimes you connect with people and you don&#8217;t really connect. And when we connected, I felt like it was a really true connection. Well, and also, I mean, I feel like paying attention has a big part in that. Instead of just like carpet sending things to people. I&#8217;m very, like the automated connection messages that are so clearly just a bot. Yeah. And then they misgender me all the time. I&#8217;m just like, it&#8217;s such a quick heuristic of like, who I should be talking to or not as soon as I see Miss, I&#8217;m just like, alright, well, you didn&#8217;t look at my profile. Right? Right. Didn&#8217;t even do the bare minimum. You can set up a bot actually to reject those bots. Oh, my God, I could couldn&#8217;t I am just little Hold on. Let me go learn to code. Yes.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>03:20</p>



<p>We have a whole new career industry opportunity.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>03:23</p>



<p>I mean, that&#8217;s what they tell writers to do. Right? Like we got aI Go code now. That&#8217;s right.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>03:32</p>



<p>All right. Well, tell me a little bit about the ways in which you help authors bring their books to life. Well, our main promise is that we always want to write the book, publish the book, design the book, in your voice with your vision. So we know that people are coming to us and they have a particular way that they speak to their clients or their speak to their constituents, or they speak to the people in their community. And it&#8217;s really important to us that as we&#8217;re writing books, or as we&#8217;re coaching people through writing books, that we are not putting any kind of a cookie cutter expectation or any kind of an expectation that&#8217;s going to limit their natural kind of pattern of their speech. We want people to read that book, and feel like they are sitting cross legged in front of that author, listening to all of these intimate personal stories, just like if you were you know, having coffee with a friend or one of my very favorite reviews that one of our authors got on Good Reads was I felt like a grandkid sitting cross legged in front of my grandpa. And that to me, that is the dream because we really want people&#8217;s books to help the reader feel like they know that author, they&#8217;re really connected with them. So on a more kind of logistical level, we do ghostwriting, we do publishing support, and we do book coaching. So we work with folks who want to write their own books. And then if you know people are just not a writer, they can also come to us and we&#8217;ll help write that book in their voice. Excellent.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>05:02</p>



<p>I love that review of the idea of someone. The idea of someone picking up a book like that is also really comforting to me, because you hear so often, oh, nobody&#8217;s reading memoirs, and nobody wants to hear just like your life story. But it sounds like you have experience where that&#8217;s not true. And people do want to hear life stories of others, like, what kinds of stories do you find people are telling that you work with?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>05:32</p>



<p>Yeah, well, I mean, I&#8217;ll start, I&#8217;ll speak to kind of your larger point first, which is, I hear that too. And I talk a lot about, I think that business is very, very personal. So to me, when you are setting out to write a business, I think you have to share parts of your background. And it seems counterintuitive until you think about the major leaders who have done this and accelerated up through either their career through government, whatever their industry, because they told those stories. So I think we just had that movie that came out about Phil Knight, but that starts with that Shoe Dog, right? Everybody&#8217;s Red Shoe Dog was kind of in that entrepreneurial leadership world. If you haven&#8217;t, check it out. It&#8217;s fun read. But then there&#8217;s lots of others. I bet people know you know the story of Ray Kroc. The fact we even know who Ray Kroc is, right? So we go to McDonald&#8217;s. Great, but we also have kind of a connection to where did the store come from? And the same I went to I did my masters at University of Arkansas in Fayetteville, Arkansas, everyone there knows the Waltons, you know everything about the Waltons. So I would really counter I think that problem is, the word memoir puts people off. And I think that&#8217;s kind of a vestige because I think that comes from the generation that kind of dreamt of retiring to write their memoirs, I feel like I heard that all the time when I was a kid. And it&#8217;s a very self indulgent activity, it is very, it&#8217;s not necessarily economically smart. Because you don&#8217;t really plan to sell it, it&#8217;s just for yourself. But memoir means so much more than that. And it&#8217;s not just celebrity memoirs, either we read people&#8217;s stories, and every single nonfiction book we read, it&#8217;s just whether you are framing it as a story that you&#8217;re telling to invite people into your world, or whether you&#8217;re framing it as something that you just want to do for yourself. I think those are both valid, actually. It&#8217;s just about understanding what your purpose is, and which of those you&#8217;re wanting to lean into. What do people what do people bring to us, and we do all kinds of stuff. So we have absolutely done, helped people with memoirs that really were just for themselves. I&#8217;m working with a woman right now she&#8217;s in her 80s. And she escaped a literal cult when she was in her 30s. And she does not have any, she&#8217;d like people to read it because she believes it could help people. But as far as is she wanting to be an international best seller and you know, go on a big speaker tour. Not really I don&#8217;t, she&#8217;s not interested in that. What she is interested in is going back through the stages of her life, making sense of what they meant to her then what they mean to her now. And really, most of the authors that we work with, she really wants to help people. So people who are in that situation now, often you don&#8217;t know, you don&#8217;t know what the roads gonna look like, you don&#8217;t know how to get out of a cold, who knows that. But if you can read about someone else&#8217;s story, someone else&#8217;s experiences and the strategies and tactics that can be so helpful. And sure she could do you know, a PDF download, or she could do a self help book. But I would rather read a story. So you know, if we can kind of read people&#8217;s stories and take away things that are going to help us that&#8217;s so valuable. So a lot of the others we work with, that&#8217;s an extreme example, of course, but they have done some amazing thing, right? They founded some organization, or they have, you know, lifted themselves up into a better position that they started. They&#8217;ve been through some mistakes that they found their way through, and they want to share those lessons. So the people that we are working with it&#8217;s stories, but the story has a purpose. It&#8217;s not it&#8217;s not just for them, the story is going to help people the story is going to help them see themselves more clearly than anything.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>09:34</p>



<p>So when someone comes into a project like that, is that something that they know, they&#8217;re going to be guided through in that particular way? Or do they just come to you and say, I want to tell my story and full stop? Yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>09:48</p>



<p>that&#8217;s a great question. Definitely. We are used to helping people find the fine point of their story is what I would say. So what happens a lot particularly with Stories that have a trauma component is that there are just a lot of things, right? Well, I&#8217;ve been through this, and then I&#8217;ve been through this, and I&#8217;ve been through this. So the instinct a lot of times is that people want to kind of wrap their brain and find all of the most intense things they&#8217;ve been through. The problem is, your reader doesn&#8217;t necessarily just want, you know, one intense thing after another, they want to see that you overcame a really big, single thing. So one of the things that we really try to help people with is understanding that the things that the things that seem really uninteresting to you, because you&#8217;ve lived them, are not necessarily uninteresting to other people. So sometimes we call this the curse of expertise, right is you know that thing, that thing is so close to who you are and how you live your life. So you forget that other people don&#8217;t spend their whole lives thinking about that thing. One of the things that this is something we do, but anybody can do this for you is just literally, let&#8217;s just talk through your ideas and see what&#8217;s going to resonate with the market that you want to reach. It&#8217;s based on just basic feedback. But I&#8217;ve been so surprised at an author a couple of weeks ago said something to me about the difference between happiness and fulfillment. And I don&#8217;t want to share what it is because I don&#8217;t want to spoil his</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>11:21</p>



<p>his launch by the book,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>11:24</p>



<p>by the book. But he had that just in the back of his mind. And it wasn&#8217;t even a central thing he wanted to talk about. But I will tell you, it&#8217;s stuck with me. And last week, we were talking kind of brainstorming strategizing, what&#8217;s he going to do on his he&#8217;s going to do a podcast tour, what&#8217;s he going to talk about on that tour? And I was like, Well, you have to have that has to be a topic because the way you were talking about it was so interesting. He had examples. And he was like really? Okay, if you think I should talk about that I will was so interesting. So sometimes you just need another person to hear your ideas and tell you if they&#8217;re interesting or not. So that yeah, that&#8217;s definitely a part of what we do with our authors.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>12:04</p>



<p>Yeah, just coming in and letting people know that there are certain parts of their story that aren&#8217;t necessarily as clear to you as they are to them, and maybe a little bit more extraordinary than they think. Yeah, exactly. Valuable. Yeah, yeah. And the ways in which they can actually help people. I mean, how do you go about telling someone the opposite, though?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>12:32</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s a great question. So one thing that I believe really deeply is that everyone has something they can share. So sometimes it is, it&#8217;s never a matter of listening to what people are saying and being mean, or rude, or, you know, and I do know, some ghost writers and publishers who are like that. And I think there&#8217;s a big scary conversation about how Oh, agents just won&#8217;t even reply if they don&#8217;t like what you have to say, which is true. But it doesn&#8217;t necessarily mean you don&#8217;t have a book in you. And what I find is, if people are driven enough to get help writing a book, they do have an idea. We just have to finesse it and figure out what is the new piece. I will say one, one thing that I see a lot that I try to direct authors away from, particularly folks who are wanting to use their book, their story to elevate their industry stance, is a lot of times, those are folks that read a lot of books. And there&#8217;s a real impulse to spend your whole entire book citing other people. So you&#8217;re basically summarizing the Four Agreements, and then you&#8217;re going to talk about the four hour workweek. People can buy those books and read them, if they want to read those books. They&#8217;re buying your book because they want something that you have. And that&#8217;s where I find that personal stories come into play. Because we can take those personal stories, think of them as one axis on a chart, than the other axis is your topic. And at the intersection, no one else can write that book that is literally only you. So if we can kind of dig down and get specific enough, we can find something interesting. You&#8217;ve just got to get kind of let go of all the preconceived notions of what other people want to hear and what you&#8217;ve read, and what&#8217;s popular and what&#8217;s a best seller so that we can get to what you have to say,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>14:29</p>



<p>Yeah, you&#8217;re kind of mining through other people&#8217;s material until you find those little personal gems.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>14:36</p>



<p>That&#8217;s right. That&#8217;s right. Yeah. And sometimes people will literally come in and say, Well, I know people always love this book. So I want something kind of like that. No, you don&#8217;t because you will always feel that you are secondary to that other book. Always, always. Let&#8217;s make your book and your voice because you have no competition. It&#8217;s just you.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>14:56</p>



<p>Is there any value to people bringing in their favorite books and sort of the styles they like or the thing the audience they want to go to, in view of those books, that</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>15:10</p>



<p>yeah, that is a great point. Yes. One of the really valuable ways to use those books is when we do our intake, we&#8217;ll ask authors, what are the books you like? Because I do think that can tell you a lot about the structure the you know, even just the do you want long flowing sentences? Or do you like very straight into the point? Do you want call out boxes with, you know, takeaways? Or do you want it to be a little more nebulous and philosophical. So I do think those can be great for inspiration. And I also think you can use if you&#8217;re writing your own book, you can use those books as templates, whoever wrote that book probably had templates to write. So pull the books you like, look through What&#8217;s everyone doing to start their introduction? That&#8217;s a great hence, you can use that, you know, as a tip, but we don&#8217;t obviously want to take their ideas, right? So it&#8217;s kind of just distinguishing between how can you find your own niche and present it in a way that&#8217;s appealing to that same audience versus just trying to replicate?</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>16:12</p>



<p>Well, you refer to that intake process that you do with people and the questions you ask them. So at the beginning of a project with someone, what do you want that would be authored to know about the process and just anyone who starts working on a book that they&#8217;re a nonfiction book that they&#8217;re going to Self Publish? What should they know, going into this very long and involved in? personal journey? Oh, no, I said journey again.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>16:45</p>



<p>It isn&#8217;t, it feels like the longest journey ever. Right in the middle of it. And especially if you traditionally publish it, because it takes so long. But yeah, I think the big there are two big things, I would say. One, if you&#8217;re going to share any kind of your background, be ready for intense self doubt, because it happens to everybody, you are going to have to be vulnerable. That&#8217;s part of the book writing process. And a big part of that is just coming to terms with how you feel about yourself. So a lot of times, we see this all the time you see this on Twitter, or LinkedIn or ex, LinkedIn. talk all the time about oh, you know, fail, big fail publicly, build in front of everyone. I think that&#8217;s great.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>17:38</p>



<p>I think it&#8217;s horrifying.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>17:42</p>



<p>It is horrifying. And that&#8217;s the thing. You have to be such a strong, well adjusted person to just put all your failures out on display. Most of us can&#8217;t do it, myself included.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>17:54</p>



<p>I can barely do it in therapy. I&#8217;m like, Ah, this is a really embarrassing story. I don&#8217;t know if I want to tell it. And it&#8217;s like, you&#8217;re literally paying me to help you with your problems. But okay.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>18:10</p>



<p>Yeah, my my precursor, it&#8217;s always you&#8217;re the only one I would ever tell this.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>18:19</p>



<p>But now they&#8217;re saying fail publicly. Okay. Sure.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>18:23</p>



<p>Right, so that the catch 22, right, is that people will relate to you if you share your failures, because all of us, I think most of us are very sensitive about our own failures, they&#8217;re close to us, we feel like we&#8217;re the only ones that have ever messed up that way. So seeing that other people have those failures, and they came out and they rose to the top of their industry, or whatever the case may be, that&#8217;s great, that will connect you with your readers. But the other side is, it&#8217;s really scary to do that. And when you do it in a book, you&#8217;re doing it forever, in a way that even feels more forever than the internet. It&#8217;s not feels so intense. And what happens every single time without fail, is once we get about to the point where we&#8217;re at copy editing. So we&#8217;ve got a whole draft. Now we&#8217;ve got to polish it up, we got to kind of dig back in. That is the point at which authors always get at least a little bit scared. So they they wonder if did they share too much about themselves? Did they share too much about the people around them? Particularly if you had you know, difficult family stuff? Or you you know, you worked in a job where you were not treated very well or whatever the case may be? Am I gonna get sued? That&#8217;s a big question that comes up if I said too much. We protect people from that. We let people know if you know, oh, let&#8217;s maybe anonymize this or back off and make it a little bigger, but that doesn&#8217;t prevent that fear from coming up. So be ready for things to feel kind of uncomfortable, particularly At the point it becomes real. When you start that draft, it&#8217;s real in an exciting way. But at the end of the draft is starts to be real in kind of a scary way. So folks need to be prepared for that. A therapist is something I always suggest. Yes. Actually to everyone.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>20:16</p>



<p>Yeah, everybody, everybody out there could could do with a little outsider. Perspective. Yes, that should not professional outsider perspective,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>20:28</p>



<p>that yes, therapy for all but maybe just every random friend. Um, yeah. And then. So I would say, the big thing is the emotional thing. The other thing is, realize that there are a lot of people, you&#8217;re going to have to get in your corner. And I heard someone say, recently, I love this, it takes a village to accomplish something big. And we really need to get used to paying that village. Because a lot of times you are going to need people who can who have skills and talents that you yourself don&#8217;t have, and that nobody in your friend group has, and or can give you for free. So especially if you&#8217;re self publishing, you have no parachute, you are going at it, right. So if you don&#8217;t hire a professional copy editor, that book is not copy edited, even if you went through yourself and tried to clean it up. That&#8217;s not the same as what a professional copy editor will do. You need a proofreader got to have a professional cover design. Oh my gosh, it makes such a huge difference in your sales, your marketing. So be ready to go all in and not try to cut corners here and there. Because in the end, what you&#8217;re going to do is you&#8217;re going to cut your possibility ROI so sharply, that you didn&#8217;t save any money, actually.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>21:49</p>



<p>Right. You just kind of threw it into the wind. Yeah, yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>21:53</p>



<p>you paid some people, but we would never do this at any other area of our life. Right? Like, oh, I need to have my my furnace unit checked up, right. But I&#8217;ll clean all the ducks myself, Oh, my gosh,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>22:05</p>



<p>whatever. Oh, my God, you would be surprised?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>22:09</p>



<p>Well, that is no doubt true. But yeah, that my biggest piece of advice really is like, make sure that you have got the people you need in your corner, so that you&#8217;re not just kind of fumbling through on your first time for something that is forever.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>22:24</p>



<p>I have noticed that people can be a little anxious about the design and cover process as well, because that&#8217;s the face that you&#8217;re putting forward to everyone. Does that take people by surprise? Like how much they care about it?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>22:41</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s, I love how you worded that? Because yes, it is the face in the marketplace. Yeah. I don&#8217;t think it takes people by surprise how much they care, I find that most people come in with all an already designed cover. And that is so me. And let me walk that back a little bit. Not that they&#8217;ve designed it, you know, in any kind of a program. But mind, you know exactly what that cover is supposed to look like. Okay, that can be fine. So I worked with a couple of designers who do career consulting, several years back, and they published traditionally, but they actually designed their own cover, because which is really uncommon. They pits their publisher, word designers were career consultants, they were writing for their audience. They said, We know what our audience is going to respond to. Can we just can we put your design if you don&#8217;t like it, you can do your own. The publisher, let them do that. I was very surprised.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>23:41</p>



<p>Yeah, I&#8217;ve Well, I was kind of in an unconventional publishing house before. And I that probably happened once that that was allowed. But otherwise, it was like, no, let us gently guide you away from doing that. But in itself, publishing people have so much more control than traditional because they&#8217;ll just say no to you.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>24:08</p>



<p>Yes, yes, that is true. The thing that I think the thing that I think people need to keep in mind, though, is, if you do know your audience like that, you may be the best person design that book, if it is just that you&#8217;ve wanted to tell your story, or you&#8217;ve wanted to give this piece of advice, you may not have as clear a sense of who your audience is, as you think. Hmm. So it&#8217;s the audience that needs to like the book cover, not the author.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>24:38</p>



<p>Interesting. Yeah. And how do you how do you determine who that audience is? If you think the author maybe doesn&#8217;t quite understand it as much, and then how do you test that?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>24:51</p>



<p>Yeah. So I mean, the biggest thing is we just have worked with enough people in this specific type of book that we have a pretty good sense of of what sells? I obviously, I mean, all the industry groups, I keep up with all the industry news. So I have a pretty good sense of what the trends are. I&#8217;ll be honest, we can&#8217;t always convince authors to do what what we know will work best for them. And you know that? I think that&#8217;s okay. In a way, right? No, yeah. As I said, it&#8217;s, you know, it&#8217;s, it&#8217;s always the author&#8217;s voice, it&#8217;s always the author&#8217;s vision, because we understand that what we&#8217;re doing is producing a book that&#8217;s for the audience, that&#8217;s to build ROI for our client. But it&#8217;s also a book that is often a lifelong dream of folks, right? That&#8217;s important to actually it is not all about money for us, we really want to make sure that folks feel really, really proud. But we do a lot of the same nudging that a traditional publisher would do. And in fact, our processes are really laid out locating traditional press, it&#8217;s just that then if we get pushback from the author, we listen a little bit more. But yeah, I&#8217;ll tell you a lot of times, a lot of times I find that, you know, an author will want to toss an idea out. And then when it comes back, a lot of times, they&#8217;ll realize, Oh, I see, I see why you were guiding me in this particular way. Yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>26:16</p>



<p>and you kind of don&#8217;t always know, especially if you&#8217;re not as much of a visual person, you don&#8217;t always know whether something is actually going to look good or not, or resonate with you, and you see it.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>26:27</p>



<p>Well, and I have an example that I think is kind of funny. So we worked with a guy who is a historian, and his book is about the Alamo. And when we were doing the, you know, the cover design, our cover designer did a beautiful job on it. I sent it to him. And he was like, Well, I&#8217;ve done a lot of reading and that part at the top of the Alamo, that curvy part that wasn&#8217;t there at the time that this book is set. So can we take that off? Because I&#8217;ve never seen another book that didn&#8217;t have that part. But it&#8217;s it&#8217;s anachronistic. And I was not sure, but I reached out to our designer who&#8217;s great. And he&#8217;s in house so we can have him do you know, try little things? So I said, What, no, what do you think? Here&#8217;s what he said. And our designer Austin? He was like, um, why not? Let&#8217;s do it. So he sent it back turns out to lop off the top of the Alamo. It just looks like a warehouse. Just it&#8217;s just a square building, then,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>27:31</p>



<p>man. You know what? Yeah, you&#8217;re right.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>27:36</p>



<p>So we sent that I sent it to the author, and I knew that he was not going to like it. But you know, here it is. And he said, Oh, yeah, okay, you&#8217;re right.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>27:45</p>



<p>It&#8217;s a fun, interesting thought. And I didn&#8217;t know that. But at the same time, you need people to recognize that it&#8217;s the Alamo. Right?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>27:52</p>



<p>Right. Right. And that was what the author originally or eventually came to, is, he had said, it&#8217;s really important to me that we have imagery of the Alamo on the cover of this book. So when he saw that, that&#8217;s not actually imagery of the Alamo. That he, you know, he said, Okay, let&#8217;s just go back to the original, and was very, very happy with that in the end, but sometimes you do kind of have to play around and see what&#8217;s going to make sense to you. It&#8217;s just part of the process.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>28:22</p>



<p>So what do you see standing in the way I know, we talked about the that moment of fear when you start getting into copy editing, and especially at those revision periods of time. So what do you see standing in the way of these authors when they&#8217;re trying to start and complete a book?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>28:43</p>



<p>I think that the thing that they&#8217;re different things, certainly, the thing that is going to stop people from starting their book, in my experience, is this nagging self doubt that nobody cares what you have to say.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>28:58</p>



<p>I get it. I&#8217;ve watched your imposter syndrome video. Was it helpful? I thought so. It was very empowering.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>29:06</p>



<p>Oh, good, good. Well, I think that imposter syndrome is a term. Everybody knows that term. Because everyone has that there. I don&#8217;t think there is anyone in this world who has not felt impostor syndrome at some point in their life. A lot of the authors that we work with are really at a kind of a precipice in their career. They&#8217;re about to level up. They&#8217;re about to start a speaking tour they want to join a speaker&#8217;s bureau are they&#8217;re really at the edge of becoming a real true thought leader. And that is a point at which you&#8217;re having to do so much with your mindset. Yeah, so. So it&#8217;s like you got to build all the self esteem that you have not really you&#8217;ve done, okay, without doing that self work. At some point, not doing that self work is going to limit your growth, right. It&#8217;s going to stop you from believing you have an I have to say, to write a book, you are trying to do all this work in your business and kind of grow, maybe your offers grow your team, that is a tremendous amount of stress. And oftentimes that takes the bandwidth that you need to think about what would a book project mean? This is why so many people hire us to just write it for them, by the way, right? Because if you&#8217;re out of bandwidth, we can help with that, actually. But you&#8217;ve still got to do that mindset work to feel like, okay, I&#8217;ve got enough under control, I have enough of a vision of where I&#8217;m going, that I do feel competent, that I can lead now, as opposed to that kind of lead follow lead follow that I think we all do at the beginning of</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>30:39</p>



<p>our careers. Yeah, when we&#8217;re trying to get good at what we&#8217;re doing. And when we&#8217;re trying to sort of build up that momentum and make money.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>30:48</p>



<p>Yes, well, and I think so. So often, for people that have been marginalized in some way by society, there also is such a draw of getting more credentials. And that makes it so hard to believe you&#8217;re an expert. If you&#8217;re still in a class, you&#8217;re still in school, you&#8217;re still in a certification program, you&#8217;re constantly hearing that you don&#8217;t know enough, you gotta get out of there, most of us actually need three fewer certifications than we think.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>31:21</p>



<p>said to the doctor, right?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>31:23</p>



<p>Oh, my God, I still take classes all the time, I love learning. But you really have to do a lot of work in your mind to say, Okay, I want to learn more about this. But it&#8217;s because I&#8217;m an expert in this other tangential thing. And I&#8217;m building out, I see the world. But yeah, that that can be I think, it can be really, really difficult. If you&#8217;re still in that world of feeling like you don&#8217;t know enough to forward and get that book started. The unfortunate thing is that it lasts forever, you have to actively pull yourself out of that place. And really talk to yourself in that kind way that you would talk to your friends, you know, look at, look, make your evidence list, make your list of all the amazing things you&#8217;ve done in your life, and then put it on your bathroom mirror, you&#8217;ve got to lift yourself out of that world. Because it will always always hold back your growth. And it&#8217;s just a matter of when you can get up to some particular point. And you&#8217;re not ever going to get beyond that if you don&#8217;t work on your mindset. So that is a major, major thing that then is going to hold you back from your book. And the book would help you go further. So it&#8217;s, you know,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>32:35</p>



<p>you gotta write that I&#8217;m good enough. I&#8217;m smart enough. And everybody, everybody likes me. Write that on your mirror.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>32:44</p>



<p>That&#8217;s right, you are good enough, you are smart enough. Everyone loves you.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>32:50</p>



<p>Yeah, I mean, I would say that writing a book is kind of like looking in a mirror and possibly for the first time in a while discovering that a few years have passed.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>33:03</p>



<p>And funny it is. And you know, one thing we hear over and over is that people, even though they feel their message is pretty clear, which that&#8217;s good, you should feel pretty clear about your message by the time you get to us. That the process of talking to another person in our larger package, you talk to us for eight to 10 hours before we ever get anything on paper. Right? That process is really going to show you what you need to think more about. And that happens a lot is what we&#8217;ll do a meeting, you know, I&#8217;m always asking questions and prompting people to think a little more deeply. There&#8217;s always a point where someone says, oh, I never thought about it that way, let me think on it more. And that is the way that you get so much deeper and so much more clear. And like we were talking earlier, more specific, so that you are making a real contribution in your book instead of just bringing all the stuff out that you&#8217;ve learned in your various certifications and from reading your various books. So yeah, the startup point is, I think, really mindset. As you&#8217;re moving through, I typically find that once people have made the commitment to writing the book, if they have support, they typically finish or for some very good reason they decide they don&#8217;t want to but it&#8217;s a conscious choice, not a fear choice. Right. I think the thing that holds people back from publishing most is not getting the support that they need</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>34:26</p>



<p>from the people who are helping them create the book or just in their general life.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>34:31</p>



<p>All of the above. So think about I you know, I talk to people a lot of times who have tried to write a book on their own, and they just couldn&#8217;t make progress. And so finally, okay, I do need help. A lot of times they&#8217;ll tell me they have not told anyone they&#8217;re working on book. Oh, and it almost is a point of shame sometimes. Because</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>34:54</p>



<p>it&#8217;s too like self focused or emotion</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>34:59</p>



<p>is a lie. lot packed in there. I yeah, I think it&#8217;s the self focus. What I really think a lot of times is that we know if we tell people we&#8217;re going to do this big project, then they will know if we fail. If you never tell anyone, then you can just stop and start and stop and start and just be mad at yourself. But you never have to worry that other people are going to judge you. Right, right. That&#8217;s</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>35:27</p>



<p>yeah, working on any big goal is kind of like that. Yes, yeah. It&#8217;s interesting that we&#8217;re always afraid to show well, not always, I guess some people aren&#8217;t like this, but I certainly am. But we&#8217;re afraid to show people that we&#8217;re trying to sort of like reach a different level in our lives and careers. I don&#8217;t completely know what that is other than just like a fear of embarrassment if we fail. Yeah. Yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>35:56</p>



<p>It depends so much to on how you generally talk to yourself and how you think about yourself and how you grew up thinking about things like money and expertise and authority. Shout out to all the Gen Xers are now authorities having to deal with that.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>36:16</p>



<p>Yeah, that&#8217;s that&#8217;s the mirror thing. That&#8217;s when you&#8217;re right on the mirror. That Yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>36:22</p>



<p>that&#8217;s exactly right. Yeah, it&#8217;s. But I do think embracing that side of yourself. It is a whole, it&#8217;s a whole thing. When you talk about the things that you want. First of all, we know your more science tells us you&#8217;re more likely to do the things that you talk about, right? Because we&#8217;re just constantly hearing ourselves talking about those things. You&#8217;re gonna get outside feedback. And I you know, I can&#8217;t speak for everybody&#8217;s friend group. I tried to build a pretty healthy group of people around me, I can tell you that if I share, I&#8217;m writing a book. Nobody says, Who do you think you are? No one says.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>37:03</p>



<p>I can&#8217;t even imagine. Like, I mean, I&#8217;m sure there are people who, I think that&#8217;s a sign to reexamine your friend group, honestly.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>37:13</p>



<p>Oh, my gosh, exactly. Right. You might need a clean slate, I will be your friend.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>37:16</p>



<p>I feel like all of my friends are interesting enough to write at least some kind of book.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>37:23</p>



<p>Exactly. Exactly. And you forget the things that are interesting about yourself. Yeah. Yeah. Well, so I will tell you from having written multiple books. The first one really, before I had any idea what I was doing, no one ever said to me, who do you think you are? I said that to myself. Right? So sharing, it actually is going to help you in so many ways to just feel a little bit more competent. But also to your point, you&#8217;ve got to have a support system. Nobody has ever written a book without a support system. Even if you succeed at getting the draft down, shut in your snow bound cabin.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>38:02</p>



<p>I mean, I was about to say the Unabomber. Well, it wasn&#8217;t very good, though. I think it&#8217;s fair to say,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>38:12</p>



<p>sure. But how many self published books do we not know about?</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>38:19</p>



<p>was in The New York Times?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>38:23</p>



<p>Oh, my gosh, it&#8217;s a dream. Yikes.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>38:27</p>



<p>He&#8217;s dead. It&#8217;s fine.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>38:31</p>



<p>That&#8217;s right. Yeah, even you know, if we think about people that you know, really talk a lot about writing in isolation. If that works for you, that&#8217;s fine. I have written things in isolation. I&#8217;ve written things in groups, I&#8217;ve written things with co authors, there&#8217;s all different ways. At some point, though, you need someone else. So you might need someone you might just even need somebody that you know, that&#8217;s published before to talk you through the process. You might want somebody just to read it that&#8217;s, you know, a really close, trusted friend that you know, is going to encourage you, or you might need something more robust, like a book coach, or you might, you know, work with a publishing company, you will need somebody no book has ever been published. That was just one person. And had it do really well.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>39:20</p>



<p>Right? Yeah, I can&#8217;t even imagine how you would do that. Because everyone that you&#8217;re working with who is worth it is going to at least have an opinion or something to offer you in order to get that actually happening. And I can say personally, that it&#8217;s really hard to be a generalist in terms of book publishing. It&#8217;s a lot of work. It is it takes a long time to learn. So especially if you are an expert in something else, you might just not have the time to learn how to do all those things.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>39:52</p>



<p>Absolutely. And you&#8217;re gonna make mistakes the first time all of us make mistakes the first time. Absolutely. So if you hire someone When they&#8217;ve probably made their mistakes on other people or their own books</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>40:05</p>



<p>don&#8217;t like me like that. So if someone were trying to decide between self publishing, even self publishing with a team, like you know, your company offers, and I do, and traditional publishing, which you know, the little bit of that control it more control is out of your hands. What would you want people to consider when they&#8217;re making that decision?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>40:35</p>



<p>So the biggest thing for me is, this is kind of a whole theme of my life and this interview is you got to try to get fear out of the mix as much as you can. It is not about whether your book is good enough for traditional or you need to settle for self publishing. That is a false distinction. I hate when I hear people say that, yeah, excellent books have been self published, and really bad books have been traditionally published, you is not it is not black and white like that. What you have to think about is, if it&#8217;s going to serve your purpose, what do you want your book to do? Is that something traditionally published books do better? Or is that something that self published books do better. And I find that there are so many variables in here that it&#8217;s really difficult to give blanket advice. We put together a quiz for this for people that are interested in in our company. So your folks can take it, it is at page and podium.com/quiz. But it&#8217;s just going to ask you some questions about what&#8217;s your book about what&#8217;s your what do you want your book to do for you? What who are you as an author, and it gives, we put people into six different types. And we believe that those types have different recommendations. So sometimes, you know, for example, if you&#8217;re writing a book, where you are going to bring out a lot of dirt on other people, yeah, you&#8217;re not self published that book, because you need the legal team and the safeguards that a traditional publisher is going to be able to give you even if you hire one lawyer, that person is not necessarily going to be able to see all of the issues down the road. On the other hand, if you are, you know, you have a consulting business or a coaching business, and you&#8217;re really wanting to let people into your world, give some backstory, give some, you know, little wins that they can do in their life. Those books traditionally do really well with self publishing. If you&#8217;ve you know, if you really want that traditional contract for the status, go for it. But you also if you are building an audience already, you may be able to sell more books, and he will certainly get higher royalties, if he&#8217;s publish yourself. So it really comes down to what your goals are, where you are as a thought leader, what&#8217;s your books about? That kind of thing? Have you ever</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>42:53</p>



<p>had people who try to Self Publish and then traditionally published the same book afterward?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>43:02</p>



<p>I have not had anybody try that? Because I would tell them that that&#8217;s really, really unlikely. And I think that&#8217;s probably not your best route to whatever result you&#8217;re looking for. So I would be curious, you know, when you hear this, what people what are people looking for? Do you think usually,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>43:19</p>



<p>I think that they&#8217;re looking for maybe the reach maybe a further reach than what they were able to get themselves? I think that&#8217;s the most practical reason to want to do that. But then there is also the some people want the clout.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>43:37</p>



<p>Yes, yes. I agree. I think I agree. So usually, I find that it is they they don&#8217;t know how to do the marketing, they don&#8217;t want to hire somebody to do the marketing. So they think I will, quote unquote, just traditionally publish. I think a lot of times, folks don&#8217;t realize, first of all, what I find when I talk to traditionally published authors, myself included is most of us did not get as much marketing support as we thought. It just is not, it is not the same as having a publicist, you know, somebody that is promoting you. And that&#8217;s their whole job. I mean, unless you are at the very, very top level, you&#8217;re probably not getting that from any traditional press. And a lot of the stuff that traditional presses will do, you&#8217;ll never see it. So it&#8217;s gonna be industry stuff behind the scenes. That can be helpful. But there&#8217;s a lot of companies that can do that stuff for you as well. So</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>44:34</p>



<p>in your traditionally publishing, in a lot of cases, they&#8217;ll tell you to get your own publicist or someone to do your social media marketing, even though you&#8217;re working with a publishing company, and supposedly they&#8217;re doing that for you.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>44:48</p>



<p>Yep, no, that&#8217;s right. Actually, I have a book coming out in March and we, this has now been months ago at this point. But we got an email saying please let us know who your publicist is. So that we can connect Do our marketing person with your publicist. Or if you&#8217;re not using one, that&#8217;s fine, too. But I mean, it was not like, if you&#8217;re not using one, we&#8217;ll provide one for you. Yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>45:08</p>



<p>it was like, well, wink, wink, wink. Good, good. Go quick.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>45:12</p>



<p>Yes, yeah. So and you know, the other thing is, really, you&#8217;re probably not going to be able to do that anyway. Right? I think we probably need to say most traditional presses are not going to want something that&#8217;s already been out there. When I work with academic authors, this comes up a lot, because if they wrote a dissertation, and then they&#8217;re revising their dissertation into a book, presses are going to want it dramatically revised, because it&#8217;s already out there. You affectively published it, when you defended it. If it&#8217;s, you know, you&#8217;ve got more than 15% or so of that book on the internet. A lot of presses do not want that, because that&#8217;s, that is something that they are buying the rights to your book, right. So if you&#8217;ve already distributed it everywhere, you&#8217;ve made it so so much less valuable to the point that they might not even want it. So I think your original question, would you what would you say to others that come to you and want to take their self published and make it into traditional, I would say, what is the thing you really want? Because I bet there&#8217;s an easier, better way we can get there?</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>46:15</p>



<p>Do you think having a self published book helps you sell another book, traditionally down the road?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>46:22</p>



<p>Oh, my gosh, you ask all the hard questions. That&#8217;s what this</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>46:26</p>



<p>is what the people want to know,</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>46:27</p>



<p>younger people want they want. So a self published book can help you get a deal down the road, but only if it does really well. So it is a big gamble. Because you with that self published book, you are giving that agent and then later editor evidence of how well your books sell. So if the evidence is that your books don&#8217;t sell very well, then that is not going to serve you at all, and there&#8217;s no getting rid of that, that books out there. If your book sells really well, then that&#8217;s you know, that&#8217;s great, then they know your next book is going to sell really well it probably will. So be really careful. Be really careful with that. That is not to say, don&#8217;t self publish your book, it&#8217;s just you if you know you want a traditional book down the line, you better make sure that you do an excellent job with marketing and publicity on that first self published one.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>47:19</p>



<p>Good to know. So what criteria do you think someone should use to decide whether they&#8217;re ready to go through with this?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>47:28</p>



<p>Yeah. So this is, again, this is going to kind of depend on what you&#8217;re wanting to say I did do a blog post a while back, that was five things you need to make sure you do before you write your memoir. I know your audience is not likely all interested in writing memoir. But really, I think the points stand for pretty much any book, you&#8217;re going to tell that&#8217;s going to have your personal story in it. But the main takeaways, I would say, you&#8217;ve got to make sure that you have enough distance from those events to know what they mean. A lot of times when we&#8217;re right in the middle of something really, really hard. We actually don&#8217;t have much to say about it yet. Because all we can think about is that moment. And I think about you know not to get kind of overly philosophical, but I think about that Brecht quote, will there be in the dark time will there be singing Yes, there will be singing about the dark time. And people take that, I think is a message of hope. It is a message of hope. But it&#8217;s also a message about when we are in those hard times, all we can talk about is the hard times. It&#8217;s a while after that you can start to see, oh, here&#8217;s what I learned from that. Here&#8217;s how maybe that could have been prevented. But you have to have the distance for that to be the case. Relatedly having a therapist during the process is so valuable, but also therapists help you come to that meeting a little bit faster than you probably could on your own. So that&#8217;s really important. I tell people to make sure they&#8217;re not coming into it to name names. So if you went through something and you felt like that, you know this one person was the villain of my life maybe they were probably a book is not the place to air all that out.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>49:15</p>



<p>Unless you&#8217;re Britney Spears.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>49:17</p>



<p>Unless you&#8217;re ready you know and actually good for her because that&#8217;s what was happening we the way do</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>49:29</p>



<p>but she waited until she was free.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>49:32</p>



<p>She did and and I bet you know that telling has so much more meaning than if she had told those stories as as they were happening. No one would have even listened.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>49:41</p>



<p>Well, she wouldn&#8217;t have been able to like legalese. But that&#8217;s not the point. The point is it was as meaningful because it was still going on.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>49:49</p>



<p>But the legal thing I think is important too, because obviously, a lot of us are in situations where our safety could be threatened. thinking, you know, lawsuits and that kind of thing, where, you know, if you have anything signed with your employer, you need to make sure that you&#8217;ve got, you know, look through that NDA and make sure everything you&#8217;re gonna share is gonna be okay. So the distance gives you so much more perspective on that. Whether you&#8217;re Britney Spears or not. I&#8217;m</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>50:18</p>



<p>also thinking, That&#8217;s interesting that you said it that way. Because I remember during like quarantines and that kind of COVID stuff, when it was especially intense, just like watching media and going, when are we going to be able to talk about this, like, when, when are we going to be able and I think like, the first thing I saw was like, inside, but the Bo Burnham. But that was a very specific moment that had passed, even though everything wasn&#8217;t done yet. Which I don&#8217;t think it ever will be. But like there&#8217;s a period of time that has passed during that entire process, but just starting to see people talking about it now, is you kind of get this jolt of like, Oh, yeah. Well, I was there for that, too.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>51:06</p>



<p>Yeah, yeah. So I it&#8217;s interesting. You bring that special up. I tried to watch that special recently. And it was like, it was like an anthropological. Yeah. Because I watched it. I watched it when it came out. Yeah, watching tons of standup at that time. Because what could you do? You need to laugh? You&#8217;re gonna laugh. But it was wild to watch that after the fact. But no, that&#8217;s exactly right. One of the books that we&#8217;re wrapping up right now, she campaigned for office during COVID. There&#8217;s no roadmap for how to do that. And then there were things I had forgotten that in working on that book with her, that, for example, there was a fairly long period where we didn&#8217;t know that you could talk to people at a distance outside without a mask,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>51:56</p>



<p>right? I remember that. So</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>51:58</p>



<p>if you&#8217;re going door to door, trying to get that Oh, for you, you have a mask on you keep the door between you. Maybe the person inside wants to go get a mask, two people yelled at her for wearing a mask. People yelled at her for being out at all. I mean, it just, it&#8217;s you forget about that, that stuff. Yeah. And when you kind of go back, it&#8217;s a really different way that you can talk about it that it was I&#8217;m excited for that book to come out for many, many reasons. It&#8217;s amazing. But I think the COVID piece, it&#8217;s just one chapter. And it was for me a very intense She also writes about the Trump election. Also, I big was writing it. Yeah, it was just you just don&#8217;t think it seems like it&#8217;s been a while ago. But</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>52:47</p>



<p>that was a tough year. That was a really tough year.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>52:51</p>



<p>We weren&#8217;t going through all the things in that one five year period.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>52:55</p>



<p>Yeah. And just also what you said, you have to kind of go through it in order to be able to look back it in order to be able to look back and have it mean something to your life at the time. And I guess to all of our lives, in that particular example. Yeah, yeah. All right. So you were talking about the importance of being able to promote and market and sell your own book? Do you have any recommendations for people who are trying to do that? Especially if they don&#8217;t start out with a big audience?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>53:33</p>



<p>Oh, right. Yeah, um, this is a really hard question. The main thing I would say is, you don&#8217;t have to have a big launch. I do think that is a misconception that the number of books you sell on the day, it&#8217;s out, you know, pre sales and the day it launches. That&#8217;s, that&#8217;s your sales. That is not true. And particularly with nonfiction, nonfiction has a really long tail, you can keep from I mean, think of think of Profit First, that book Profit First, that book is old. He is still promoting it all the time. It&#8217;s a helpful book, it continues to be helpful. You can do updated editions. So I would not imagine that, you know, oh, I have to wait until I have 100,000 people on my email list before I write a book. No, you don&#8217;t. And in fact, a book can help you increase your email list. There&#8217;s a balance, you want to make sure that you are talking to people and particularly one thing that having an audience can help you do is dial in what they want to hear for your book, right. So I would be out there being visible, whatever that looks like for you. If that is posting on LinkedIn, if that is you know, starting on Instagram, if you want to do a YouTube channel or a podcast, I would start to just get comfortable just being out there so that the first time you share a story, it&#8217;s not your whole entire book. bits as you go and you&#8217;re getting kind of react Since that can be really helpful, but I would definitely I would I definitely want to change the way we think about book marketing, it does not all have to happen in the pre launch. And if you don&#8217;t have a big email list pre launches are can actually work against you in some ways. So.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>55:17</p>



<p>Okay, yeah, this is actually really comforting to me, because I, I&#8217;ve heard that so much. And so it&#8217;s sort of like, well, if you&#8217;re using the book to sort of like build up your career, then that can seem like a bit of a catch 22.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>55:33</p>



<p>Yes, yeah, it can, you do want to make sure that you&#8217;ve got people invested. But I find that most people have enough personal contacts, go through, you know, go through your very first email, go through your address book, and make a list of the, you know, 50 or 100 people that have supported you at different times in your career, reach out to them, let them know you&#8217;re publishing a book and ask if they would be willing to be a hype person for you. Technically, I think we might call this a launch teams, people call it a street team, right? Essentially, just people that are going to be in your corner, going to help promote your book, give you reviews on Amazon and Goodreads.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>56:10</p>



<p>So hard to get people to do that. It&#8217;s</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>56:14</p>



<p>really, really hard. And you have to follow up. And I think that&#8217;s what makes it really hard, right is I just was saying to somebody this morning, if you are kind of in the invitation in the inviting people to buy from you, whether that&#8217;s a book or a service, and you don&#8217;t feel like you&#8217;re being a little bit annoying, you are probably not doing enough, because people need reminders, and they need it in front of them multiple times a day, and most people want to support you, you just have to make it as easy as possible.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>56:44</p>



<p>Yes. Oh, yeah. Easy as possible. And that requires reminding people. That&#8217;s right</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>56:52</p>



<p>and sending them the link to the review page on Amazon, you can find that if you scroll down where the reviews are, there will be a link that&#8217;s like write a review, and you can send that link to people. That</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>57:06</p>



<p>is an excellent idea. Because that little button is kind of hard to find. Yep.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>57:10</p>



<p>Yeah. Then you click right you put it in the email, they click it, they can write their review. How long is it gonna take 45 seconds? Yeah,</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>57:18</p>



<p>yeah, we&#8217;re less or less?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>57:21</p>



<p>How much you have to say really what all of us want the stars. But you know, leave a few words, give some context, potential readers, take that extra 40 seconds.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>57:32</p>



<p>Help your buddies. All right, do you have anything else that you would like to share before we close here?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>57:41</p>



<p>Well, I did just want to invite people, I was so excited to be on this podcast, because I think your people and my people are so similar. I really liked the idea of working with you. So I did want to offer a free one hour book strategy session to anybody that&#8217;s listening that wants to pick that up. So you can sign up for that at HTTPS page. And podium.com/hub H UB, That&#8217;s</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>58:07</p>



<p>so nice of you to extend to the listeners.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>58:12</p>



<p>If you&#8217;re working with Emily, I would love to help them support you. So if there&#8217;s anything that we can do to work together, make sure your book is as awesome as it can be. I hope you&#8217;ll reach out.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>58:22</p>



<p>Yes, and I will say some of the questions I asked today we&#8217;re getting your wisdom on some things I actually had questions about too. So I really appreciate your insight. And I think that we&#8217;ll both be able to help each other serve our customers and authors and people who deserve to tell their stories, which is pretty much everybody.</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>58:47</p>



<p>I think, everybody, I think it&#8217;s everybody, you just may need to wait for the right time when it feels good to you.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>58:53</p>



<p>Excellent point. Is there anywhere else people can find you follow you on social media?</p>



<p><strong>Amanda Edgar&nbsp; </strong>58:59</p>



<p>Well, I will send you a link to my forthcoming book if people are interested in that it&#8217;s on the summer of 2020. Speaking of COVID we talked about protesting during COVID. About the George Floyd murder and all of the aftermath of that. I&#8217;ll I&#8217;ll share a link with you if you can put it in the show notes so people can find that book. But absolutely. Yeah, thank you so much for having me on. It was a delight as always to chat with you. Yeah.</p>



<p><strong>Emily Einolander&nbsp; </strong>59:24</p>



<p>Thank you so much. And hopefully we&#8217;ll chat again soon. Yes, excellent. Thanks. You can find hybrid pub Scout online at hybrid pubs scout.com, on LinkedIn, or on Instagram at hybrid pubs Scout pod. Please leave a rating and review on your favorite podcast platform. And thanks for listening</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar/">Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar</a> first appeared on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p><p>The post <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com/episode-79-why-your-story-needs-to-be-told-with-dr-amanda-nell-edgar/">Episode 79: Why Your Story Needs to Be Told with Dr. Amanda Nell Edgar</a> appeared first on <a href="https://hybridpubscout.com">Hybrid Pub Scout</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">4534</post-id>	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!--
Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: https://www.boldgrid.com/w3-total-cache/?utm_source=w3tc&utm_medium=footer_comment&utm_campaign=free_plugin

Page Caching using Disk: Enhanced 

Served from: hybridpubscout.com @ 2026-04-08 21:49:54 by W3 Total Cache
-->